WO2021204800A1 - Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as il-17 modulators - Google Patents
Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as il-17 modulators Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021204800A1 WO2021204800A1 PCT/EP2021/058937 EP2021058937W WO2021204800A1 WO 2021204800 A1 WO2021204800 A1 WO 2021204800A1 EP 2021058937 W EP2021058937 W EP 2021058937W WO 2021204800 A1 WO2021204800 A1 WO 2021204800A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- mmol
- compound
- formula
- minutes
- alkyl
- Prior art date
Links
- -1 Difluorocyclohexyl Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 340
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 364
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 213
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 132
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 84
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 84
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 39
- 108050003558 Interleukin-17 Proteins 0.000 claims description 39
- 102000013691 Interleukin-17 Human genes 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 36
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004739 (C1-C6) alkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004988 dibenzothienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=C(C21)C=CC=C3)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- UVNXNSUKKOLFBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[2,1-b][1,3,4]thiadiazole Chemical compound N1=CSC2=NC=CN21 UVNXNSUKKOLFBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004571 thiomorpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCSCC1)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004618 benzofuryl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004987 dibenzofuryl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=C(C21)C=CC=C3)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims 1
- GKTQKQTXHNUFSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[3,4-c]pyrrole-4,6-dione Chemical compound S1C=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 GKTQKQTXHNUFSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 101000998146 Homo sapiens Interleukin-17A Proteins 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 390
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 331
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 276
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 191
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 174
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 160
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 159
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 148
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 116
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 115
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 112
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 112
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 108
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 100
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 85
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 71
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 62
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 60
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 54
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 51
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 51
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 45
- AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methylpentane Chemical compound CCCC(C)C AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 43
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 40
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 239000007821 HATU Substances 0.000 description 35
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 34
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 34
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 34
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 33
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 30
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 30
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 27
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 26
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 24
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 125000004205 trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 23
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 22
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 21
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 21
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 16
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 16
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 15
- 125000006001 difluoroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 15
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dess–martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 14
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 14
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000004457 alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 13
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 13
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 13
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000004890 (C1-C6) alkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000004750 (C1-C6) alkylaminosulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 206010013774 Dry eye Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 10
- 208000003556 Dry Eye Syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 9
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004808 supercritical fluid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- CPPWZBSZQKPQGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azido-1,1,1-trifluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)CN=[N+]=[N-] CPPWZBSZQKPQGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 8
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 8
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 8
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- SQHSJJGGWYIFCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (e)-1-diazonio-1-dimethoxyphosphorylprop-1-en-2-olate Chemical compound COP(=O)(OC)C(\[N+]#N)=C(\C)[O-] SQHSJJGGWYIFCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 7
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 7
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000004845 (C1-C6) alkylsulfonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000006263 dimethyl aminosulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 6
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000006261 methyl amino sulfonyl group Chemical group [H]N(C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 6
- 125000004458 methylaminocarbonyl group Chemical group [H]N(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Butyllithium Substances [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007127 saponification reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- GKASDNZWUGIAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl orthoformate Chemical compound CCOC(OCC)OCC GKASDNZWUGIAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000725 trifluoropropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 6
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 6
- UGOMMVLRQDMAQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xphos Chemical group CC(C)C1=CC(C(C)C)=CC(C(C)C)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1P(C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1 UGOMMVLRQDMAQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BPXKZEMBEZGUAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethoxy)ethyl-trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCOCCl BPXKZEMBEZGUAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GAIAHHRZVGJYQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-1,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC1=NON=C1C(O)=O GAIAHHRZVGJYQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 244000166102 Eucalyptus leucoxylon Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000004694 Eucalyptus leucoxylon Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonylcarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)NC(=O)OCC PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide monohydrate Substances [Li+].O.[OH-] GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 229940040692 lithium hydroxide monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- CYPYTURSJDMMMP-WVCUSYJESA-N (1e,4e)-1,5-diphenylpenta-1,4-dien-3-one;palladium Chemical compound [Pd].[Pd].C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 CYPYTURSJDMMMP-WVCUSYJESA-N 0.000 description 4
- RRKODOZNUZCUBN-CCAGOZQPSA-N (1z,3z)-cycloocta-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC\C=C/C=C\C1 RRKODOZNUZCUBN-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004738 (C1-C6) alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000006700 (C1-C6) alkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003821 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si](C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C(OC([H])([H])[*])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000400611 Eucalyptus deanei Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010059176 Juvenile idiopathic arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000009319 Keratoconjunctivitis Sicca Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004471 alkyl aminosulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- VHHHONWQHHHLTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexachloroethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl VHHHONWQHHHLTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZTUJDPKOHPKRMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;2,2,2-trifluoroethanamine;chloride Chemical compound Cl.NCC(F)(F)F ZTUJDPKOHPKRMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)OC(=O)C(F)(F)F QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 0 *C(*)C(*1)=C*c2c1nc(C(C(CC1)CCC1(F)F)NC(c1ccn[n]1*)=O)[n]2 Chemical compound *C(*)C(*1)=C*c2c1nc(C(C(CC1)CCC1(F)F)NC(c1ccn[n]1*)=O)[n]2 0.000 description 3
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000025705 Axial Spondyloarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000001263 Psoriatic Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000036824 Psoriatic arthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000002661 Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- AZWXAPCAJCYGIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)alumane Chemical compound CC(C)C[AlH]CC(C)C AZWXAPCAJCYGIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 3
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisobutylaluminium hydride Substances CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000006222 dimethylaminomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001207 fluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000002557 hidradenitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000007162 hidradenitis suppurativa Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002097 pentamethylcyclopentadienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid Substances OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea group Chemical group NC(=O)N XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N (2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XGEZFYOWXLYYNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)hydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=C(F)C=N1 XGEZFYOWXLYYNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004454 (C1-C6) alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006272 (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- DOVLQPYYSCACJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-difluorocyclobutan-1-one Chemical compound FC1(F)CC(=O)C1 DOVLQPYYSCACJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WRSLBEBHVLDFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethyl-1,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CCC1=NON=C1C(O)=O WRSLBEBHVLDFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium bicarbonate Chemical compound [NH4+].OC([O-])=O ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000013 Ammonium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000003456 Juvenile Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006045 Spondylarthropathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005864 Sulphur Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000009594 Systemic Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010042953 Systemic sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triiodomethane Natural products IC(I)I OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminomethyl benzene Natural products NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 235000012538 ammonium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001099 ammonium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940058303 antinematodal benzimidazole derivative Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012223 aqueous fraction Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JJNHBFYGCSOONU-UHFFFAOYSA-M carbanide;cyclopenta-1,3-diene;dimethylaluminum;titanium(4+);chloride Chemical compound [CH3-].[Ti+3]Cl.C[Al]C.C=1C=C[CH-]C=1.C=1C=C[CH-]C=1 JJNHBFYGCSOONU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DCFKHNIGBAHNSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro(triethyl)silane Chemical compound CC[Si](Cl)(CC)CC DCFKHNIGBAHNSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.[Cu+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004786 difluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000597 dioxinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003821 enantio-separation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006125 ethylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine monohydrate Substances O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- UTCSSFWDNNEEBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC=CN21 UTCSSFWDNNEEBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910001853 inorganic hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- UEXQBEVWFZKHNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N intermediate 29 Natural products C1=CC(N)=CC=C1NC1=NC=CC=N1 UEXQBEVWFZKHNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000002215 juvenile rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- CCERQOYLJJULMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;carbanide;chloride Chemical compound [CH3-].[Mg+2].[Cl-] CCERQOYLJJULMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NUJOXMJBOLGQSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N manganese dioxide Chemical compound O=[Mn]=O NUJOXMJBOLGQSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- IVDFJHOHABJVEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pinacol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(C)(C)O IVDFJHOHABJVEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000002651 pink gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000087877 pink gum Species 0.000 description 2
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000006513 pyridinyl methyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000019187 sodium-L-ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011755 sodium-L-ascorbate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000005671 spondyloarthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020408 systemic-onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000005951 trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl orthoformate Chemical compound COC(OC)OC PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONDSBJMLAHVLMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyldiazomethane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)[CH-][N+]#N ONDSBJMLAHVLMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001665 trituration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N (+)-propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLJOKBLTFFPVBF-RGMNGODLSA-N (2S)-2-amino-2-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)acetic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1CCC(F)(F)CC1 YLJOKBLTFFPVBF-RGMNGODLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004605 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004607 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ARCACZWMYGILNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-trifluoro-4-nitrobenzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(F)=C1F ARCACZWMYGILNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-propanediol Substances OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035437 1,3-propanediol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LLAPDLPYIYKTGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminoethyl Chemical group C[CH]N LLAPDLPYIYKTGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JREJQAWGQCMSIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CN1N=CC=C1C(O)=O JREJQAWGQCMSIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRWUZYZECPJOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-difluoroethanamine Chemical compound NCC(F)F OVRWUZYZECPJOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKULBUOBGILEAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-difluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound FC(F)COS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F NKULBUOBGILEAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUHGPYXAVBJSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3,5-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazinan-1-yl]ethanol Chemical compound OCCN1CN(CCO)CN(CCO)C1 HUHGPYXAVBJSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APOYTRAZFJURPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-n-(2-methoxyethyl)-n-(trifluoro-$l^{4}-sulfanyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COCCN(S(F)(F)F)CCOC APOYTRAZFJURPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octyldodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(CO)CCCCCCCC LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKATWUBDSJHPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-difluorocyclobutan-1-amine Chemical compound NC1CC(F)(F)C1 RKATWUBDSJHPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNHBYKHXBCYPBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethynylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine Chemical compound C#CC1=CC=CC2=NC=CN12 VNHBYKHXBCYPBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ICKXCNGRELVRGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-hydrazinylpyrazine-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound NNC1=CN=C(C#N)C=N1 ICKXCNGRELVRGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWXOPWFJTFAZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-bromopyridine-2,3-diamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(Br)N=C1N LWXOPWFJTFAZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003645 Atopy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010839 B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006386 Bone Resorption Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QPKBSEGAGNWYSO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Br[Zn]C(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C Chemical compound Br[Zn]C(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C QPKBSEGAGNWYSO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MOVZIAZUCVJZKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1(=CC=CC=C1)C1(C(=C(C(=C1C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)[Fe]C1(C=CC=C1)C(C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound C1(=CC=CC=C1)C1(C(=C(C(=C1C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)[Fe]C1(C=CC=C1)C(C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C MOVZIAZUCVJZKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamyl chloride Chemical compound NC(Cl)=O CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005024 Castleman disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015943 Coeliac disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010741 Conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001480079 Corymbia calophylla Species 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibenzylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004150 EU approved colour Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010014824 Endotoxic shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000009329 Graft vs Host Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030836 Hashimoto thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002250 Hematologic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrocyanic acid Natural products N#C LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000039989 IL-17 family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091069193 IL-17 family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035018 Interleukin-17 receptor A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710186083 Interleukin-17 receptor A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035012 Interleukin-17 receptor C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710186068 Interleukin-17 receptor C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000006552 Liquidambar styraciflua Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000016604 Lyme disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031422 Lymphocytic Chronic B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010065062 Meibomian gland dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009525 Myocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033645 Pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029082 Pelvic Inflammatory Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034277 Pemphigoid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004362 Penile Induration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000020758 Peyronie disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000082988 Secale cereale Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004133 Sodium thiosulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N Sorbitan monostearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010042033 Stevens-Johnson syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000168 Stevens-Johnson syndrome Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031737 Tissue Adhesions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical group [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010046851 Uveitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047115 Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BHLZNQHGZVRKSO-UHFFFAOYSA-M [I-].C(=O)[N+]1=CN(C=C1)C Chemical class [I-].C(=O)[N+]1=CN(C=C1)C BHLZNQHGZVRKSO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZBIKORITPGTTGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N [acetyloxy(phenyl)-$l^{3}-iodanyl] acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OI(OC(C)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZBIKORITPGTTGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010069351 acute lung injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BVCZEBOGSOYJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium carbamate Chemical compound [NH4+].NC([O-])=O BVCZEBOGSOYJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003725 azepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004622 benzoxazinyl group Chemical group O1NC(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036983 biotransformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- PFYXSUNOLOJMDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) carbonate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O PFYXSUNOLOJMDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPWKHHSGDUIRAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(pinacolato)diboron Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)C(C)(C)OB1B1OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O1 IPWKHHSGDUIRAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000024279 bone resorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006278 bromobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940045348 brown mixture Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid monoamide Natural products NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940081733 cetearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004296 chiral HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002152 chlorhexidine acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro formate Chemical compound ClOC=O FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004803 chlorobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DZNFQIYYEXFFGV-UHFFFAOYSA-M chloropalladium(1+) 2-phenylaniline tritert-butylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd+]Cl.CC(C)(C)P(C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C.NC1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=[C-]1 DZNFQIYYEXFFGV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000068 chlorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MQMQNIQJGNBEMG-ONEVTFJLSA-M chlororuthenium;(1z,5z)-cycloocta-1,5-diene;1,2,3,4,5-pentamethylcyclopentane Chemical compound [Ru]Cl.C\1C\C=C/CC\C=C/1.C[C]1[C](C)[C](C)[C](C)[C]1C MQMQNIQJGNBEMG-ONEVTFJLSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JLXLOMMCQWMOIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M chlororuthenium;1,2,3,4,5-pentamethylcyclopentane Chemical compound [Ru]Cl.C[C]1[C](C)[C](C)[C](C)[C]1C JLXLOMMCQWMOIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 208000032852 chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011258 core-shell material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005100 correlation spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012045 crude solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002946 cyanobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004802 cyanophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004113 cyclononanyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- IGSKHXTUVXSOMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopropylmethanamine Chemical compound NCC1CC1 IGSKHXTUVXSOMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001981 dermatomyositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005959 diazepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WMKGGPCROCCUDY-PHEQNACWSA-N dibenzylideneacetone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WMKGGPCROCCUDY-PHEQNACWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006286 dichlorobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GUGRJRJQSJUXPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)propanedioate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(CC(F)(F)F)C(=O)OCC GUGRJRJQSJUXPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006287 difluorobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000723 dihydrobenzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004582 dihydrobenzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006182 dimethyl benzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BEPAFCGSDWSTEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl malonate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC(=O)OC BEPAFCGSDWSTEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008387 emulsifying waxe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003005 eta(1)-cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group [H]C1([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- HZZDWLBBNSDYQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4,4-difluorocyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1CCC(F)(F)CC1 HZZDWLBBNSDYQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006437 ethyl cyclopropyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GWQVMPWSEVRGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium cryptate Chemical compound [Eu+3].N=1C2=CC=CC=1CN(CC=1N=C(C=CC=1)C=1N=C(C3)C=CC=1)CC(N=1)=CC(C(=O)NCCN)=CC=1C(N=1)=CC(C(=O)NCCN)=CC=1CN3CC1=CC=CC2=N1 GWQVMPWSEVRGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000001936 exophthalmos Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030533 eye disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012065 filter cake Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004175 fluorobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000417 fungicide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000020694 gallbladder disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024908 graft versus host disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000789 guanidine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000006359 hepatoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol;octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000006289 hydroxybenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004464 hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Substances C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004857 imidazopyridinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052806 inorganic carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000053460 interleukin-17 receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108040001304 interleukin-17 receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940079865 intestinal antiinfectives imidazole derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002551 irritable bowel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004628 isothiazolidinyl group Chemical group S1N(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 206010023332 keratitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGOPGODQLGJZGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;butane Chemical compound [Li+].CC[CH-]C WGOPGODQLGJZGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011475 meningoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RESWQIUWQHUEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 1-bromocyclopropane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1(Br)CC1 RESWQIUWQHUEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006533 methyl amino methyl group Chemical group [H]N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006178 methyl benzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006431 methyl cyclopropyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003228 microsomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940042472 mineral oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAGYXMQZSHPCMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-diazosulfamoyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)N=[N+]=[N-] QAGYXMQZSHPCMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 1
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940006093 opthalmologic coloring agent diagnostic Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005961 oxazepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 201000001245 periodontitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010034674 peritonitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006187 phenyl benzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmercuric nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)O[Hg]C1=CC=CC=C1 PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004344 phenylpropyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001818 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010989 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113124 polysorbate 60 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011056 potassium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940086066 potassium hydrogencarbonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L potassium sodium L-tartrate Chemical compound [Na+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OGHBATFHNDZKSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-olate Chemical compound CC(C)[O-] OGHBATFHNDZKSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- MCSINKKTEDDPNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl propionate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)CC MCSINKKTEDDPNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000002793 renal fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YAYGSLOSTXKUBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ruthenium(2+) Chemical compound [Ru+2] YAYGSLOSTXKUBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- VILMUCRZVVVJCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium glycolate Chemical compound [Na+].OCC([O-])=O VILMUCRZVVVJCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011006 sodium potassium tartrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001587 sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011076 sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940035048 sorbitan monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003019 stabilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002317 succinimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UDYFLDICVHJSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex Substances O=S(=O)=O.C1=CC=NC=C1 UDYFLDICVHJSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000004489 tear production Effects 0.000 description 1
- CESUXLKAADQNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butanesulfinamide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)S(N)=O CESUXLKAADQNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTGFSVGZCYYHLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) carbonate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O VTGFSVGZCYYHLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CBr BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHXBHWLGRWOABW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC MHXBHWLGRWOABW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010044412 transitional cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006493 trifluoromethyl benzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FIQMHBFVRAXMOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphane oxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FIQMHBFVRAXMOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005494 xerophthalmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- the compounds in accordance with the present invention being potent modulators of human IL-17 activity, are therefore beneficial in the treatment and/or prevention of various human ailments, including inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
- WO 2019/138017 describes a class of fused bicyclic imidazole derivatives, including benzimidazole derivatives and analogues thereof, that are stated to act as modulators of IL-17 activity, and thus to be of benefit in the treatment of pathological conditions including adverse inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) or an N-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
- R 1 represents hydrogen or fluoro
- R 3 represents -COR 3a , -CO 2 R 3a or -SCkR 3® ; or R 3 represents hydrogen; or R 3 represents C 1-6 alkyl or C 3-9 cycloalkyl, either of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
- R 3a represents C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms
- R 4a represents hydrogen, fluoro or hydroxy
- R 4® represents C 1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents
- R 4b represents hydrogen, fluoro or C 1-6 alkyl
- the present invention also provides a compound of formula (I) as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the present invention also provides a compound of formula (I) as defined above or an N-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy.
- the present invention also provides a compound of formula (I) as defined above or an N-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated.
- the present invention also provides the use of a compound of formula (I) as defined above or an N- oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula (I) include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of a compound of formula (I) with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid.
- the present invention also includes within its scope co-crystals of the compounds of formula (I) above.
- co-crystal is used to describe the situation where neutral molecular components are present within a crystalline compound in a definite stoichiometric ratio.
- the preparation of pharmaceutical co-crystals enables modifications to be made to the crystalline form of an active pharmaceutical ingredient, which in turn can alter its physicochemical properties without compromising its intended biological activity (see Pharmaceutical Salts and Co-crystals, ed. J. Wouters & L. Quere, RSC Publishing, 2012).
- C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl refers to saturated monocyclic rings containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen, and may comprise benzo-fused analogues thereof.
- heteroaryl refers to monovalent aromatic groups containing at least 5 atoms derived from a single ring or multiple condensed rings, wherein one or more carbon atoms have been replaced by one or more heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen.
- Suitable heteroaryl groups include furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thieno[2,3-c]pyrazolyl, thieno[3,4-6]-
- Formula (I) and the formulae depicted hereinafter are intended to represent all individual tautomers and all possible mixtures thereof, unless stated or shown otherwise.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (1-1) or (1-2) or an TV-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
- Y represents -0-, -N(R 3 >, -C(R 4a XR 4b > or -S-, wherein R 3 , R 48 and R 4b are as defined above.
- Z represents imidazolyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyridinyl, triazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl or tetrazolyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- Typical examples of optional substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, C 1-6 alkyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro(C 1-6 )alkyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl, cyano- bicyclo[l .1.
- optional substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from halogen, difluoroethyl, trifluoro- (C i-6)alkyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cy anobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl .
- Additional examples include cyano.
- Selected examples of particular substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from fluoro, cyano, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl.
- Typical values of Z include trifluoroethylpyrazolyl, (methylXtrifluoroethyl)- pyrazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, methylindazolyl, trifluoroethylisoxazolyl, (methyl)- (trifluoroethyl)isoxazolyl, trifluoroethylisothiazolyl, trifluoroethylimidazolyl, cyclopropylmethylimidazolyl, (methylXtrifluoroethyl)imidazolyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2 -a ⁇ - pyridinyl, trifluoroethyltriazolyl, difluorocyclopropyltriazolyl, difluorocyclobutyl- triazolyl, cyclopropylmethyltriazolyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyltriazolyl
- Selected values of Z include cyclopropylmethylimidazolyl, fluoroimidazo[l,2-a]- pyridinyl, difluoroethyltriazolyl, trifluoroethyltriazolyl, difluorocyclobutyltriazolyl, cyclopropylmethyltriazolyl, cyanobicy clo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyltriazolyl, fluoro[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo- [4,3 -a]pyridinyl, cy ano[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3 -a]pyridinyl, cy ano[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3 -a]- pyrazinyl and trifluoroethyltetrazolyl.
- Illustrative values of Z include cyclopropylmethylimidazolyl, difluoroethyl- triazolyl, trifluoroethyltriazolyl, difluorocyclobutyltriazolyl, cyclopropylmethyltriazolyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyltriazolyl, fluoro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl and trifluoroethyltetrazolyl.
- R 2z represents hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, C 1-6 alkyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro(Ci-6)alkyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]- pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro[2.2]pentanyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, phenoxy, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, di(C
- Suitable values of Z include the groups of formula (Zk), (Zl), (Zn), (Zp), (Zs),
- Z include the groups of formula (Zk), (Zn), (Zp), (Zs), (Zt), (Zu) and (Zv) as defined above.
- R 2z represents hydrogen, halogen or cyano. More particularly, R 2z represents hydrogen or halogen. In a first embodiment, R 2z represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R 2z represents halogen, especially fluoro. In a third embodiment,
- R 2z represents cyano
- Typical values of R 2z include hydrogen, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro- ethyl, trifluoropropyl, 2-methyl-3 ,3 ,3 -trifluoropropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluoro- cyclopropylmethyl and methylamino. Additional values include cyano.
- R 3 represents -COR 3a , -COaR 38 or -SOaR 3® ; or R 3 represents hydrogen; or R 3 represents C 1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, generally by one, two or three fluorine atoms, typically by three fluorine atoms.
- R 3a represents C 1-6 alkyl or trifluoro(C i-e)alkyl .
- R 3a represents C 1-6 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl. In a first aspect of that embodiment, R 3a represents methyl. In a second aspect of that embodiment, R 3a represents ethyl. In a second embodiment, R 3a represents trifluoro(Ci ⁇ )- alkyl, especially trifluoroethyl.
- R 4a represents hydrogen or fluoro; or R 4a represents C 1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- R 4a represents hydrogen; or R 4a represents C 1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- R 4a represents hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl.
- Typical examples of optional substituents on R 4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, Ci-6 alkylthio, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, di(C i-6)alkylamino, C 2-6 alkyl- carbonylamino, C 2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylamino, formyl, C 2-6 alkyl- carbonyl, carboxy, C 2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di- (C i-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylaminosulfony
- substituents on R 4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, methoxy, isopropoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoro- ethoxy, methylthio, methylsulfmyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, acetylamino, m ethoxy carbonylamino, methylsulfonylamino, formyl, acetyl, carboxy, methoxy carbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylamino- carbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, methylaminosulfonyl, dimethylamino- sulfonyl and dimethylsulfoxi
- Apposite examples of particular substituents on R 4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro and ethylsulfonyl.
- Suitable examples of particular substituents on R 4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro.
- Typical values of R 4a include hydrogen, methyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl and ethylsulfonylethyl .
- R 4a particularly values include hydrogen, methyl, difluoroethyl and trifluoroethyl. Suitable values of R 4a include hydrogen and methyl.
- R 4b represents hydrogen.
- R* represents fluoro.
- R 4b represents C 1-6 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl.
- R* represents methyl.
- R* represents ethyl.
- R 4a and R* may together form an optionally substituted spiro linkage.
- R 4a and R 46 when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may represent C 3-7 cycloalkyl or C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl, either of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a cyclopentyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a cyclohexyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl, which group may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent an oxetanyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R* when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a pyrrolidinyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a tetrahydropyranyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 46 when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may represent cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- R 4a and R 4b when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may represent cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
- Apposite examples of optional substituents on the spirocycle formed by R 4a and R 4b include C 1-6 alkyl, halogen, trifluoroethyl and C 2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, especially halogen.
- Suitable examples of optional substituents on the spirocycle formed by R 4a and R* include halogen and C 2-6 alkoxycarbonyl.
- Typical examples of particular substituents on the spirocycle formed by R 4® and R 4b include methyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, hydroxy, methoxy, methylthio, methylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, acetyl, m ethoxy carbonyl, ethoxy- carbonyl, amino, methylamino and dimethylamino.
- Apposite examples of particular substituents on the spirocycle formed by R 4a and R 4b include methyl, fluoro, trifluoroethyl and methoxycarbonyl, especially fluoro.
- Suitable examples of particular substituents on the spirocycle formed by R 4a and R 4b include fluoro and methoxycarbonyl.
- Selected examples of the spirocycle formed by R 4a and R 4b include cyclopropyl and difluorocyclohexyl.
- R 5 represents methyl or ethyl. In a first embodiment, R 5 represents methyl. In a second embodiment, R 5 represents ethyl.
- R 6 represents -OR 6® ; or R 6 represents heteroaryl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- R 6 represents optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl. In a second embodiment, R 6 represents optionally substituted C 3-9 cycloalkyl. In a third embodiment, R 6 represents optionally substituted C 3-9 cycloalkyl(C i-6)alkyl . In a fourth embodiment, R 6 represents optionally substituted aryl. In a fifth embodiment, R 6 represents optionally substituted aryl(Ci-6)alkyl. In a sixth embodiment, R 6 represents optionally substituted C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl. In a seventh embodiment, R 6 represents optionally substituted C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl(Ci-6)alkyl. In an eighth embodiment, R 6 represents optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- R 6 represents optionally substituted heteroary 1(C i-e)alkyl .
- R 6 represents -OR 6® .
- R 6 represents -NR 6a R 6b .
- R 6 examples include -OR 6® or -NR ⁇ R 66 ; and methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2- methylpropyl, butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, triazolylmethyl, benzotriazolylmethyl or pyridinylmethyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- R 6 examples include -OR 6® ; and pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl or oxadiazolyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- Suitable values of R 6 include pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- Apposite values of R 6 include pyrazolyl and oxadiazolyl, either of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- R 6 include oxadiazolyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- Typical examples of optional substituents on R 6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, C 1-6 alkyl, trifluoro- methyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, oxo, C 1-6 alkoxy, difluoro- methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, amino(Ci-6)alkyl, C 1-6 alkylamino, di(C i-6)alkylamino, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, C 2-6 alkylcarbonylamino, C 2-6 alkyl carbonyl amino(Ci-6)alkyl, C 2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C 1-6 alkylsulf
- Suitable examples of optional substituents on R 6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl.
- substituents on R 6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, oxo, m ethoxy, tert-butoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methylthio, methylsulfmyl, methylsulfonyl, amino, aminomethyl, aminoethyl, methyl- amino, tert-butylamino, dimethylamino, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, acetylamino, acetylaminoethyl, m ethoxy carbonylamino, methylsulfonyl- amino, formyl, ace
- Suitable examples of particular substituents on R 6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from methyl and ethyl.
- R 6 Illustrative examples of particular values of R 6 include methyl, difluoromethyl, methylsulfonylmethyl, aminomethyl, methylaminomethyl, difluoroethyl, carboxy ethyl, difluoropropyl, 2-methylpropyl, butyl, cyanocyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, ethyl- cyclopropyl, dimethylcyclopropyl, trifluoromethylcyclopropyl, phenylcyclopropyl, fluorophenylcyclopropyl, hydroxycyclopropyl, aminocyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, trifluoromethylcyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chloro- phenyl, cyanophenyl, methylphenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methylsulfonylphenyl, dimethyl-
- Favoured values of R 6 include methylpyrazolyl, ethylpyrazolyl, methylisoxazolyl, ethylisoxazolyl, methyloxadiazolyl and ethyloxadiazolyl.
- R 6 include methyloxadiazolyl and ethyloxadiazolyl.
- R 6® represents C 1-6 alkyl. In a second embodiment, R 6® represents optionally substituted C 3-9 cycloalkyl. Typically, R 6® represents C 1-6 alkyl; or R 6a represents cyclobutyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- Typical examples of optional substituents on R 6® include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, C 1-6 alkyl, trifluoro- methyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, oxo, C 1-6 alkoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoro- methoxy, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, amino(Ci-6)alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino, di(C i-6)alkyl amino, C 2-6 alkylcarbonylamino, C 2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylamino, formyl, C 2-6 alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, C 2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-6)alkylaminocarbon
- substituents on R 6® include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethylhydroxy, hydroxymethyl, oxo, methoxy, tert- butoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methylthio, methylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, amino, aminomethyl, aminoethyl, methylamino, tert-butylamino, dimethylamino, acetyl amino, m ethoxy carbonylamino, methyl sulfonylamino, formyl, acetyl, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, tert-butoxy carbonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylamino- carbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl,
- R 66 represents hydrogen or methyl.
- R 66 represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R 66 represents C 1-6 alkyl, especially methyl.
- R 60 represents hydrogen or methyl.
- R 60 represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R 60 represents C 1-6 alkyl, especially methyl.
- the moiety -NR ⁇ R 60 may suitably represent azetidin-l-yl, pyrrolidin-l-yl, oxazolidin-3-yl, isoxazolidin-2-yl, thiazolidin-3-yl, isothiazolidin-2-yl, piperidin-l-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-l-yl, homopiperidin-l-yl, homomorpholin-4-yl or homopiperazin-l-yl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
- Selected examples of suitable substituents on the heterocyclic moiety -NR 6 ⁇ 66 include C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, amino(Ci-6)alkyl, cyano, oxo, C 2-6 alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, C 2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, amino, C 2-6 alkylcarbonyl- amino, C 2-6 alkyl carbonylamino(C i-6)alkyl, C 2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl- amino and aminocarbonyl.
- Selected examples of specific substituents on the heterocyclic moiety -NR 6 ⁇ 66 include methyl, methylsulfonyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, cyano, oxo, acetyl, carboxy, ethoxy carbonyl, amino, acetylamino, acetylaminomethyl, tert-butoxy- carbonylamino, methylsulfonylamino and aminocarbonyl.
- One sub-class of compounds according to the invention is represented by the compounds of formula (IIA) and A-oxides thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof: wherein
- R 16 represents methyl or ethyl; and A, E, Z and R 4a are as defined above. In a first embodiment, R 16 represents methyl. In a second embodiment, R 16 represents ethyl.
- A, E, Z, R 4a and R 16 are as defined above.
- the compounds in accordance with the present invention are beneficial in the treatment and/or prevention of various human ailments, including inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
- the compounds according to the present invention are useful in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a pathological disorder that is mediated by a pro-inflammatory IL-17 cytokine or is associated with an increased level of a pro-inflammatory IL-17 cytokine.
- the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of infections (viral, bacterial, fungal and parasitic), endotoxic shock associated with infection, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, systemic onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA), systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease (COAD), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), acute lung injury, pelvic inflammatory disease, Alzheimer’s Disease, Crohn’s disease, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Castleman’s disease, axial spondyloarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis and other spondyloarthropathies, dermatomyositis, myocarditis, uveitis, exophthalmos, autoimmune thyroiditis, Peyronie’s Disease, coeliac disease, gall bladder disease, Pilonidal disease, periton
- WO 2009/089036 reveals that modulators of IL-17 activity may be administered to inhibit or reduce the severity of ocular inflammatory disorders, in particular ocular surface inflammatory disorders including Dry Eye Syndrome (DES). Consequently, the compounds in accordance with the present invention are useful in the treatment and/or prevention of an IL-17-mediated ocular inflammatory disorder, in particular an IL-17- mediated ocular surface inflammatory disorder including Dry Eye Syndrome.
- a IL-17-mediated ocular inflammatory disorder in particular an IL-17- mediated ocular surface inflammatory disorder including Dry Eye Syndrome.
- Ocular surface inflammatory disorders include Dry Eye Syndrome, penetrating keratoplasty, comeal transplantation, lamellar or partial thickness transplantation, selective endothelial transplantation, comeal neovascularization, keratoprosthesis surgery, comeal ocular surface inflammatory conditions, conjunctival scarring disorders, ocular autoimmune conditions, Pemphigoid syndrome, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, ocular allergy, severe allergic (atopic) eye disease, conjunctivitis and microbial keratitis.
- Dry Eye Syndrome includes keratoconjunctivitis sicca (KCS), Sjogren syndrome, Sjogren syndrome-associated keratoconjunctivitis sicca, non-Sjogren syndrome- associated keratoconjunctivitis sicca, keratitis sicca, sicca syndrome, xerophthalmia, tear film disorder, decreased tear production, aqueous tear deficiency (ATD), meibomian gland dysfunction and evaporative loss.
- KCS keratoconjunctivitis sicca
- Sjogren syndrome Sjogren syndrome-associated keratoconjunctivitis sicca
- non-Sjogren syndrome- associated keratoconjunctivitis sicca keratitis sicca
- sicca syndrome xerophthalmia
- tear film disorder decreased tear production
- ATD aqueous tear deficiency
- meibomian gland dysfunction meibomian gland dysfunction
- the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, hidradenitis suppurativa, axial spondyloarthritis or ankylosing spondylitis.
- the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound in accordance with the invention as described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- compositions according to the invention may take a form suitable for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical, ophthalmic or rectal administration, or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets, lozenges or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g. pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose); fillers (e.g. lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogenphosphate); lubricants (e.g. magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g. potato starch or sodium glycollate); or wetting agents (e.g. sodium lauryl sulphate).
- binding agents e.g. pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose
- fillers e.g. lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogenphosphate
- lubricants e.g. magnesium stearate, talc or silica
- disintegrants e.g. potato starch or sodium glycollate
- Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
- Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents, emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles or preservatives.
- the preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavouring agents, colouring agents or sweetening agents, as appropriate.
- Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the active compound.
- the compounds according to the present invention may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g. by bolus injection or infusion.
- Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g. in glass ampoules or multi-dose containers, e.g. glass vials.
- the compositions for injection may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilising, preserving and/or dispersing agents.
- the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
- the compounds according to the present invention may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long-acting formulations may be administered by implantation or by intramuscular injection.
- the compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- Particular carriers include, for example, mineral oil, liquid petroleum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, emulsifying wax and water.
- the compounds according to the present invention may be formulated in a suitable lotion containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- Particular carriers include, for example, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 2- octyldodecanol and water.
- the compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH-adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as a bactericidal or fungicidal agent, for example phenylmercuric nitrate, benzylalkonium chloride or chlorhexidine acetate.
- a preservative such as a bactericidal or fungicidal agent, for example phenylmercuric nitrate, benzylalkonium chloride or chlorhexidine acetate.
- the compounds according to the present invention may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
- the compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently formulated as suppositories. These can be prepared by mixing the active component with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and so will melt in the rectum to release the active component.
- suitable non-irritating excipient include, for example, cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
- daily dosages may range from around 10 ng/kg to 1000 mg/kg, typically from 100 ng/kg to 100 mg/kg, e.g. around 0.01 mg/kg to 40 mg/kg body weight, for oral or buccal administration, from around 10 ng/kg to 50 mg/kg body weight for parenteral administration, and from around 0.05 mg to around 1000 mg, e.g. from around 0.5 mg to around 1000 mg, for nasal administration or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
- a compound in accordance with the present invention may be coadministered with another pharmaceutically active agent, e.g. an anti-inflammatory molecule.
- Suitable coupling agents include 1 -[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]- 1/f- 1,2,3- triazolo[4,5-6]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate (HATU); and 2,4,6-tripropyl- l,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriphosphorinane-2,4,6-trioxide.
- Suitable bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or pyridine.
- the reaction is conveniently performed at ambient or elevated temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g.
- the compounds of formula (I) above may be prepared by a two-step process which comprises: (i) reacting a compound of formula R ⁇ -OH with N,N-disuccinimidyl carbonate, ideally in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic amine such as triethylamine; and (ii) reacting the resulting material with a compound of formula ( ⁇ ) as defined above. Steps (i) and (ii) are conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane, or an organic nitrile solvent such as acetonitrile.
- a suitable solvent e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane, or an organic nitrile solvent such as acetonitrile.
- the intermediates of formula ( ⁇ ) above may be prepared by removal of the N- protecting group R p from a compound of formula (TV): wherein A, E, Y and Z are as defined above, and R p represents a /V-protecting group.
- the A-protecting group R p may be benzyloxycarbonyl, in which case the removal thereof may conveniently be effected by catalytic hydrogenation, typically by treatment with hydrogen gas or ammonium formate in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, e.g. palladium on charcoal, or palladium hydroxide on charcoal.
- a hydrogenation catalyst e.g. palladium on charcoal, or palladium hydroxide on charcoal.
- the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents -COR 3a may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting a carboxylic acid of formula R 3a -C02H, wherein R 3a is as defined above, with the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound ( ⁇ ) and a carboxylic acid of formula R 6 -C02H.
- the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents -COR 3a may be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid of formula R 3a -C02H, wherein R 3a is as defined above, with the appropriate compound of formula (TV) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound (III) and a carboxylic acid of formula R 6 -C02H.
- the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents -COaR 38 may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L 1a -C02R 3a , wherein L 1a represents a suitable leaving group, and R 3a is as defined above.
- the leaving group L 1a is suitably a halogen atom, e.g. chloro.
- the leaving group L 1a may suitably be 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-l-yloxy.
- the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents -SO 2 R 3a may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L 1b -S02R 3a , wherein L 1b represents a suitable leaving group, and R 3a is as defined above.
- the leaving group L 1b is suitably a halogen atom, e.g. chloro.
- Suitable bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as ⁇ A-diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine.
- the reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
- the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L 2 -R 3b , wherein L 2 represents a suitable leaving group, and R 3b represents C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
- the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms may be prepared by reacting the appropriate compound of formula (TV) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L 2 -R 3b , wherein L 2 and R 3b are as defined above.
- the leaving group L 2 may suitably be a sulfonyloxy derivative, e.g. trifluoro- methanesulfonyloxy.
- the reaction is conveniently accomplished in the presence of a base.
- bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as triethylamine.
- the reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
- the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents C 3-9 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms (e.g. 3,3- difluorocyclobutyl), may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen, with the appropriate cycloalkanone, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms (e.g. 3,3-difluorocyclobutanone), in the presence of a reducing agent.
- the reducing agent is suitably sodium triacetoxyborohydride.
- the reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of acetic acid.
- the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen, may conveniently be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula (I) wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents -SO 2 R 3a and R 3a represents fert-butyl, with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
- an acid e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
- the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents hydrogen may conveniently be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula (TV) wherein Y represents -N(R 3 )-, in which R 3 represents -SO 2 R 3a and R 3a represents tert-butyl, with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
- an acid e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
- the compounds of formula (I) above may be prepared by a process which comprises cyclising a compound of formula (VA) or (VB): wherein A, E, Y, Z and R 6 are as defined above.
- Cyclisation of compound (VA) or (VB) is conveniently effected by heating in the presence of a suitable medium, e.g. an acid such as acetic acid, or trifluoroacetic acid.
- a suitable medium e.g. an acid such as acetic acid, or trifluoroacetic acid.
- the intermediates of formula (VA) or (VB) above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (VI) with a carboxylic acid of formula (VII) or a salt thereof, e.g. a lithium salt thereof:
- step (i) Alternative coupling agents that may usefully be employed in step (i) include N- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-/V , -ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC.HC1) and O- (benzotriazol- 1 -ylJ-V ⁇ A ⁇ /VV/V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU).
- EDC.HC1 -ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
- HBTU benzotriazol- 1 -ylJ-V ⁇ A ⁇ /VV/V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
- the saponification reaction in step (ii) will generally be effected by treatment with a base.
- Suitable bases include inorganic hydroxides, e.g. an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide.
- the product may be the lithium salt of the carboxylic acid of formula (VII).
- Step (ii) is conveniently effected at ambient temperature in water and a suitable organic solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, optionally in admixture with a C 1-6 alkanol such as methanol.
- a suitable organic solvent e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, optionally in admixture with a C 1-6 alkanol such as methanol.
- the intermediates of formula (TV) above may be prepared by a two-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
- the W-protecting group R q will suitably be 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl.
- Step (i) is suitably effected by treatment of compound (X) with a base, e.g. an organic base such as w-butyllithium, followed by reaction with compound (XI).
- a base e.g. an organic base such as w-butyllithium
- the reaction is conveniently accomplished in a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran.
- step (ii) removal of the tert-butylsulfinyl group and the W-protecting group R q from compound ( ⁇ ) in step (ii) may both be accomplished by treatment with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
- an acid e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
- Step (i) is conveniently carried out at an elevated temperature.
- Step (ii) is suitably effected by treating the reactants with a base, e.g. an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, or an organic amine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
- a base e.g. an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, or an organic amine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
- the intermediate of formula (XI) above may be prepared by reacting 4,4- difluorocyclohexyl carboxaldehyde with 2-methyl-2-propanesulfinamide.
- the reaction is suitably effected in the presence of pyridinium /7-toluenesulfonate and magnesium sulfate.
- reaction is conveniently carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
- a suitable solvent e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
- the compounds of formula (I) wherein Z represents a group of formula (Zs) as defined above, in which R 2z is hydrogen may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting a compound of formula R lz -NI1 ⁇ 2 and a trialkyl orthoformate HCCO-Alk 1 ⁇ with a compound of formula (XIII): wherein A, E, Y, R 6 , R lz and Aik 1 are as defined above.
- the reaction is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature in the presence of acetic acid.
- the reaction may typically be carried out in a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as 1,4-dioxane.
- reaction is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a C 1-6 alkanol such as ethanol.
- a suitable solvent e.g. a C 1-6 alkanol such as ethanol.
- the saponification reaction in step (i) will generally be effected by treatment with a base.
- Suitable bases include inorganic hydroxides, e.g. an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide.
- Suitable bases of use in step (iii) include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as triethylamine.
- the reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in the presence of hexachloroethane and a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran.
- a compound comprising a N-H functionality may be alkylated, e.g. methylated, by treatment with a suitable alkyl halide, e.g. iodomethane, typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an inorganic carbonate such as sodium carbonate.
- a suitable alkyl halide e.g. iodomethane
- a base e.g. an inorganic carbonate such as sodium carbonate.
- a compound comprising a carboxylic acid (-CO2H) moiety may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising an amide moiety by treatment with the appropriate amine, under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound ( ⁇ ) and a carboxylic acid of formula R 6 -C02H.
- a compound comprising a halogen atom may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising an optionally substituted aryl, heterocycloalkenyl or heteroaryl moiety by treatment with the appropriately substituted aryl, heterocycloalkenyl or heteroaryl boronic acid or a cyclic ester thereof formed with an organic diol, e.g. pinacol, 1,3 -propanediol or neopentyl glycol.
- the reaction is typically effected in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, and a base.
- the transition metal catalyst may be [1,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)fenOcene]dichloropalladium(II).
- the transition metal catalyst may be tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), which may advantageously be employed in conjunction with 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'- triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos).
- the base may be an inorganic base such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate.
- a compound comprising a halogen atom e.g. bromo
- a two-step procedure which comprises: (i) reaction with bis(pinacolato)diboron; and (ii) reaction of the compound thereby obtained with an appropriately substituted bromoaryl or bromoheteroaryl derivative.
- Step (i) is conveniently effected in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as [l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)fenOcene]- dichloropalladium(n), and potassium acetate.
- a compound comprising a cyano (-CN) moiety may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a 1 -ami noethyl moiety by a two-step process which comprises: (i) reaction with methylmagnesium chloride, ideally in the presence of titanium(TV) isopropoxide; and (ii) treatment of the resulting material with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride. If an excess of methylmagnesium chloride is employed in step (i), the corresponding compound comprising a 1 -amino- 1 -methylethyl moiety may be obtained.
- the diastereomers may then be separated by any convenient means, for example by crystallisation, and the desired enantiomer recovered, e.g. by treatment with an acid in the instance where the diastereomer is a salt.
- a racemate of formula (I) may be separated using chiral HPLC.
- a particular enantiomer may be obtained by using an appropriate chiral intermediate in one of the processes described above.
- a particular enantiomer may be obtained by performing an enantiomer-specific enzymatic biotransformation, e.g. an ester hydrolysis using an esterase, and then purifying only the enantiomerically pure hydrolysed acid from the unreacted ester antipode. Chromatography, recrystallisation and other conventional separation procedures may also be used with intermediates or final products where it is desired to obtain a particular geometric isomer of the invention.
- any of the above synthetic sequences it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Greene ’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, ed. P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley & Sons, 5 th edition, 2014. The protecting groups may be removed at any convenient subsequent stage utilising methods known from the art.
- the compounds in accordance with this invention potently inhibit IL-17 induced IL-6 release from human dermal fibroblasts. Indeed, when tested in the HDF cell line assay described below, compounds of the present invention exhibit an ICso value of 1500 nM or less, generally of 500 nM or less, usually of 100 nM or less, typically of 50 nM or less, suitably of 25 nM or less, ideally of 20 nM or less, and preferably of 15 nM or less (the skilled person will appreciate that a lower ICso figure denotes a more active compound).
- This assay is to test the neutralising ability to IL-17 proteins, in a human primary cell system. Stimulation of normal human dermal fibroblasts (HDF) with IL-17 alone produces only a very weak signal but in combination with certain other cytokines, such as TNFo, a synergistic effect can be seen in the production of inflammatory cytokines, i.e. IL-6.
- HDF normal human dermal fibroblasts
- the ability of a compound to inhibit IL-17 induced IL-6 release from human dermal fibroblasts is measured in this assay.
- HDF cells (Sigma #106-05n) were cultured in complete media (DMEM + 10% FCS + 2 mM L-glutamine) and maintained in a tissue culture flask using standard techniques. Cells were harvested from the tissue culture flask on the morning of the assay using TrypLE (Invitrogen #12605036). The TrypLE was neutralised using complete medium (45 mL) and the cells were centrifuged at 300 x g for 3 minutes. The cells were re-suspended in complete media (5 mL) counted and adjusted to a concentration of 3.125 x 10 4 cells/mL before being added to the 384 well assay plate (Coming #3701) at 40 ⁇ L per well. The cells were left for a minimum of three hours, at 37°C/5% CO2, to adhere to the plate.
- complete media DMEM + 10% FCS + 2 mM L-glutamine
- 10 ⁇ L from the aqueous dilution plate was transferred to the reagent plate containing 30 ⁇ L of the diluted cytokines, to give a 2.5% DMSO solution.
- the compounds were incubated with the cytokine mixtures for 1 h or 5 h at 37°C (incubation times for specific test compounds are indicated in the Table below). After the incubation, 10 ⁇ L was transferred to the assay plate, to give a 0.5% DMSO solution, then incubated for 18-20 h at 37°C/5% CO2.
- HATU l-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-l/f-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5-6]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate
- XPhos 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl
- Pd2(dba)3 tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)
- h hour r.t: room temperature
- M mass RT: retention time
- PDA spectrum range: 210-420 nm; step: 1 nm
- the mixture was stirred at 45°C for 16 h, then washed with water (75 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 75 mL). The combined aqueous washings were extracted with DCM (100 mL). The organic fractions were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.
- Tebbe reagent (1.7 mL, 0.85 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 37 (266 mg, 0.42 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under nitrogen. The mixture was heated at 80°C for 3 h, then allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution (10 mL) and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further diluted with brine (25 mL) and water (50 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo.
- the mixture was retreated with 2- azido- 1,1,1 -trifluoroethane in TBME (0.5M, 0.12 mL, 0.058 mmol) and chloro(l,2,3,4,5- pentamethylcyclopenta-2,4-dien- 1 -yl)bis(triphenylphosphine)ruthenium (5.0 mg, 6.28 pmol), then stirred at 60°C for 30 minutes.
- the mixture was concentrated, then purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 15-35% EtOAc in heptanes, to afford the title compound (297 mg, 67%, 85% purity) as a dark yellow gum.
- the ice bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h.
- the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and re-treated with pyridine (0.95 mL, 11.8 mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.72 mL, 10.1 mmol).
- the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h, then diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (25 mL).
- the organic layer was separated and washed with brine (20 mL), then dried (MgSCh).
- the residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in heptane (0-100%).
- the material was further purified by sonicating in a mixture of diethyl ether (10 mL) and heptane (60 mL). The solid was filtered off, then washed with heptane (30 mL) and dried, to afford the title compound (7.48 g, 58% yield corrected for a purity of 88%) as a white solid.
- HATU (1.24 g, 3.26 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-methyl- 1 ,2,5-oxadiazole- 3-carboxylic acid (0.42 g, 3.26 mmol) and DIPEA (1.4 mL, 8.15 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) at r.t.
- the resulting material was sonicated for 5 minutes and stirred for 10 minutes at r.t, then a solution of Intermediate 107 (95%, 1.20 g, 2.72 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added.
- the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t.
- Aqueous HC1 (2M, 4.0 mL) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 120 (270 mg, 0.32 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 65°C for 5 h, then additional 2M aqueous HC1 (1 mL) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at 65°C overnight, then concentrated, diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL).
- HATU 51 mg, 0.13 mmol was added to a stirred solution of DIPEA (117 ⁇ L , 0.67 mmol), Intermediate 47 (86% purity, 60 mg, 0.11 mmol) and 4-methyl-l,2,5- oxadiazole-3 -carboxylic acid (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) at r.t. The mixture was stirred for 2 h, then washed with water (5 mL). The organic fraction was passed through a phase separator, then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1:1 DMSO: MeOH (2 mL) and purified via acidic, reverse-phase HPLC (Separation Method 3), then freeze-dried, to afford a white powder (31.5 mg). Chiral separation of the diastereomers
- Example 11 ⁇ H (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 78.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, 78.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 5.25-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.84-4.74 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H),
- Example 15 chiral LC RT 3.36 minutes
- Example 16 chiral LC RT 4.08 minutes
- Example 16 ⁇ H (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J 10.0, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (ddd, J 10.1, 7.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 5.06 (dd, .734.9, 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 1H), 2.10-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.83 (d, .77.0 Hz, 5H), 1.45 (d, J 13.3 Hz, 1H), 1.25 (d, 78.0 Hz, 2H).
- LCMS Methodhod 5 5): [M+H] + m/z 557, [M-H] + m/z 555, RT 1.64 minutes.
- Example 17 ⁇ ⁇ H (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.77 (s, 1H), 9.64 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.15-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.45 (dt, J 18.3, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.24-4.96 (m,
- Example 18 ⁇ H (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.77 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.15-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.46 (dq, J 17.8, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.26-4.97 (m, 2H), 4.84 (t, Jin Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.02 (d, J 39.7 Hz, 3H), 1.91-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.16 (m, 2H).
- Example 19 ⁇ H (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J8.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.26-5.94 (m, 1H), 5.94-5.62 (m, 1H), 5.24 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.42 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.96-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.35 (m, 3H).
- Example 23 ⁇ H (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.78 (s, 1H), 9.78-9.52 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.10 (dd, 78.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 6.44-6.18 (m, 1H), 5.24-5.12 (m, 1H), 4.93 (t, 77.4 Hz, 1H), 4.91-4.77 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.88-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.46- 1.22 (m, 2H).
- Example 23 ⁇ H (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.19-12.67 (m, 1H), 9.76-9.49 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.10 (dd, 78.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (tt, 754.2, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (t, 77.7 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (t, 77.4 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (qd, 715.9, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.24 (dd, 718.4, 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.90-
- Example 26 The resulting impure yellow oil (200 mg) was purified by basic Cl 8 reverse-phase HPLC, followed by chiral SFC (Chiralpak IH, 10% methanol + 0.1% NH4OH) to afford Example 26 (3.7 mg, 2.9%) and Example 27 (5.0 mg, 4.0%).
- Example 26 LCMS (Method 2): [M+H] + m/z 632, RT 1.86 minutes.
- LCMS (Method 6) [M+H] + m/z 632, RT 1.85 minutes.
- Analytical chiral LC (Chiralpak IH, 4.6 x 150 mm, 35°C, 15% MeOH (+ 0.1% NH 4 OH), 3 mL/minute) RT 1.92 minutes.
- Example 31 (10.1 mg) and Example 32 (8.1 mg).
- Example 31 ⁇ H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.01-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 79.8, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.09-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.24 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 5.06-4.95 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.93-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.35 (m, 3H).
- Example 32 ⁇ H (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.02-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.61 (dd, 79.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.13-5.65 (m, 1H), 5.26 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 5.08-4.97 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.41-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.20-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.39 (m, 3H).
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
A series of substituted 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as defined herein, being potent modulators of human IL-17 activity, are accordingly of benefit in the treatment and/or prevention of various human ailments, including inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
Description
DIFLUOROCYCLOHEXYL DERIVATIVES AS IL-17
MODULATORS
The present invention relates to heterocyclic compounds, and to their use in therapy. More particularly, this invention is concerned with pharmacologically active substituted 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl derivatives. These compounds act as modulators of IL-17 activity, and are accordingly of benefit as pharmaceutical agents for the treatment and/or prevention of pathological conditions, including adverse inflammatory and autoimmune disorders. IL-17A (originally named CTLA-8 and also known as IL-17) is a pro- inflammatory cytokine and the founder member of the IL-17 family (Rouvier et al, ./. Immunol ., 1993, 150, 5445-5456). Subsequently, five additional members of the family (IL-17B to IL-17F) have been identified, including the most closely related, IL-17F (ML-1), which shares approximately 55% amino acid sequence homology with IL-17A (Moseley et al, Cytokine Growth Factor Rev., 2003, 14, 155-174). IL-17A and IL-17F are expressed by the recently defined autoimmune related subset of T helper cells, Thl7, that also express IL-21 and IL-22 signature cytokines (Korn et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol., 2009, 27, 485-517). IL-17A and IL-17F are expressed as homodimers, but may also be expressed as the IL-17A/F heterodimer (Wright et al, J. Immunol., 2008, 181, 2799- 2805). IL-17A and F signal through the receptors IL-17R, IL-17RC or an IL-17RA/RC receptor complex (Gaffen, Cytokine, 2008, 43, 402-407). Both IL-17A and IL-17F have been associated with a number of autoimmune diseases.
The compounds in accordance with the present invention, being potent modulators of human IL-17 activity, are therefore beneficial in the treatment and/or prevention of various human ailments, including inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
Furthermore, the compounds in accordance with the present invention may be beneficial as pharmacological standards for use in the development of new biological tests and in the search for new pharmacological agents. Thus, the compounds of this invention may be useful as radioligands in assays for detecting pharmacologically active compounds.
WO 2013/116682 and WO 2014/066726 relate to separate classes of chemical compounds that are stated to modulate the activity of IL-17 and to be useful in the treatment of medical conditions, including inflammatory diseases.
WO 2018/229079 and WO 2020/011731 describe spirocyclic molecules that are stated to act as modulators ofIL-17 activity, and thus to be of benefit in the treatment of pathological conditions including adverse inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
WO 2019/138017 describes a class of fused bicyclic imidazole derivatives, including benzimidazole derivatives and analogues thereof, that are stated to act as modulators of IL-17 activity, and thus to be of benefit in the treatment of pathological conditions including adverse inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
WO 2019/223718 describes heterocyclic compounds, including benzimidazole derivatives, that are stated to inhibit IL-17A and to be useful as immunomodulators.
Co-pending international patent applications PCT/EP2019/082774 and PCT/EP2019/082779 (both published on 18 June 2020 as WO 2020/120140 and WO 2020/120141 respectively), co-pending international patent applications PCT/IB2020/055970, PCT/EP2020/067758 and PCT/EP2020/067759 (all published on 30 December 2020 as WO 2020/261141, WO 2020/260425 and WO 2020/260426 respectively, claiming priority from United Kingdom patent applications 1909190.9,
1909191.7 and 1909194.1 respectively), and co-pending international patent applications PCT/EP2021/054519 and PCT/EP2021/054523 (claiming earliest priority from United Kingdom patent applications 2002635.7 and 2002636.5 respectively), describe discrete classes of chemical compounds that are stated to act as modulators of IL-17 activity, and thus to be of benefit in the treatment of pathological conditions including adverse inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
None of the prior art available to date, however, discloses or suggests the precise structural class of substituted 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as provided by the present invention.
As well as being potent modulators of human IL-17 activity, the compounds in accordance with the present invention also possess other notable advantages. In particular, the compounds of the invention display valuable metabolic stability, as determined in either microsomal or hepatocyte incubations.
The present invention provides a compound of formula (I) or an N-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
A represents C-R1 or N;
5 E represents C-R2 or N;
Y represents -0-, -N(R3)-, -C(R4a)(R4b), -S-, -S(0)-, -S(0>2- or -S(OXN-R5>;
Z represents heteroaryl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R1 represents hydrogen or fluoro;
R2 represents hydrogen or fluoro;
R3 represents -COR3a, -CO2R3a or -SCkR3®; or R3 represents hydrogen; or R3 represents C1-6 alkyl or C3-9 cycloalkyl, either of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
R3a represents C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms; R4a represents hydrogen, fluoro or hydroxy; or R4® represents C1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents; and R4b represents hydrogen, fluoro or C1-6 alkyl; or
R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, represent C3-9 cycloalkyl or C3-7 heterocycloalkyl, either of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R5 represents C1-6 alkyl;
R6 represents -OR6a or -NR6bR6c; or R6 represents C1-6 alkyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl(C i-6)alkyl, aryl, aryl(Ci-6)alkyl, C3-7 heterocycloalkyl, C3-7 heterocycloalkyl- (Ci-6)alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl (C i-6)alkyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R6a represents C1-6 alkyl; or R6a represents C3-9 cycloalkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R6b represents hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; and R60 represents hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; or
R6b and R60, when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached, represent azetidin-l-yl, pyrrolidin-l-yl, oxazolidin-3-yl, isoxazolidin-2-yl, thiazolidin-3-yl, isothiazolidin-2-yl, piperidin-l-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-l-yl, homopiperidin-l-yl, homomorpholin-4-yl or homopiperazin-l-yl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
The present invention also provides a compound of formula (I) as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The present invention also provides a compound of formula (I) as defined above or an N-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy. The present invention also provides a compound of formula (I) as defined above or an N-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated.
The present invention also provides the use of a compound of formula (I) as defined above or an N- oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated.
The present invention also provides a method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated which comprises administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) as defined above or an N- oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Where any of the groups in the compounds of formula (I) above is stated to be optionally substituted, this group may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents. Generally, such groups will be unsubstituted, or substituted by one, two, three or four substituents. Typically, such groups will be unsubstituted, or substituted by one, two or three substituents. Suitably, such groups will be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or two substituents.
For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of formula (I) will be pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds of formula (I) or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Standard principles underlying the selection and preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are described, for example, in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection and Use, ed. P.H. Stahl & C.G. Wermuth, Wiley-VCH, 2002. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula (I) include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of a compound of formula (I) with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid.
The present invention also includes within its scope co-crystals of the compounds of formula (I) above. The technical term “co-crystal” is used to describe the situation where neutral molecular components are present within a crystalline compound in a definite stoichiometric ratio. The preparation of pharmaceutical co-crystals enables modifications to be made to the crystalline form of an active pharmaceutical ingredient, which in turn can alter its physicochemical properties without compromising its intended biological activity (see Pharmaceutical Salts and Co-crystals, ed. J. Wouters & L. Quere, RSC Publishing, 2012).
Suitable alkyl groups which may be present on the compounds of use in the invention include straight-chained and branched C1-6 alkyl groups, for example C1-6 alkyl groups. Typical examples include methyl and ethyl groups, and straight-chained or branched propyl, butyl and pentyl groups. Particular alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, w-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl and 3- methylbutyl. Derived expressions such as “C1-6 alkoxy”, “C1-6 alkylthio”, “C1-6 alkylsulphonyl” and “C1-6 alkylamino” are to be construed accordingly.
The term “C3-9 cycloalkyl” as used herein refers to monovalent groups of 3 to 9 carbon atoms derived from a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon, and may comprise benzo-fused analogues thereof. Suitable C3-9 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, benzocyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, indanyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and cyclononanyl.
The term “aryl” as used herein refers to monovalent carbocyclic aromatic groups derived from a single aromatic ring or multiple condensed aromatic rings. Suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl, preferably phenyl.
Suitable aryl(Ci-6)alkyl groups include benzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl and naphthylmethyl.
The term “C3-7 heterocycloalkyl” as used herein refers to saturated monocyclic rings containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen, and may comprise benzo-fused analogues thereof. Suitable heterocycloalkyl groups include oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrobenzo- furanyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, chromanyl, tetrahydro- thiopyranyl, piperidinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, piperazinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxalinyl, hexahydro-[l,2,5]thiadiazolo[2,3-a]- pyrazinyl, homopiperazinyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, azepanyl, oxazepanyl, diazepanyl, thiadiazepanyl and azocanyl.
The term “heteroaryl” as used herein refers to monovalent aromatic groups containing at least 5 atoms derived from a single ring or multiple condensed rings, wherein one or more carbon atoms have been replaced by one or more heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen. Suitable heteroaryl groups include furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thieno[2,3-c]pyrazolyl, thieno[3,4-6]-
[1.4]dioxinyl, dibenzothienyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-6]pyridinyl, pynolo[3,2-c]- pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,4-6]pyridinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, 4, 5,6,7- tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3 ,4-if]pyrimidinyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]- pyrazinyl, indazolyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo[2,l-6]- thiazolyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyridinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[l,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo- [4,5-6]pyridinyl, imidazo[l,2-6]pyridazinyl, purinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrimidinyl, imidazo- [l,2-c]pyrimidinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl,
[1.2.4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3 -a]pyridinyl, [ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidinyl, [ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3 -a]- pyrazinyl, 6, 8-dihydro- 57f-[l, 2, 4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyridinyl, pyridazinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pteridinyl, triazinyl and chromenyl groups.
The term “halogen” as used herein is intended to include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms, typically fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
Where the compounds of formula (I) have one or more asymmetric centres, they may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds in accordance with the invention possess two or more asymmetric centres, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. The invention is to be understood to extend to the use of all such enantiomers and diastereomers, and to mixtures thereof in any proportion, including racemates. Formula (I) and the formulae depicted hereinafter are intended to represent all individual stereoisomers and all possible mixtures thereof, unless stated or shown otherwise. In addition, compounds of formula (I) may exist as tautomers, for example keto
tautomers or amide (NHC=0)«→hydroxyimine (N=COH) tautomers. Formula (I) and the formulae depicted hereinafter are intended to represent all individual tautomers and all possible mixtures thereof, unless stated or shown otherwise.
It is to be understood that each individual atom present in formula (I), or in the formulae depicted hereinafter, may in fact be present in the form of any of its naturally occurring isotopes, with the most abundant isotope(s) being preferred. Thus, by way of example, each individual hydrogen atom present in formula (I), or in the formulae depicted hereinafter, may be present as a ¾ 2H (deuterium) or ¾ (tritium) atom, preferably ¾. Similarly, by way of example, each individual carbon atom present in formula (I), or in the formulae depicted hereinafter, may be present as a 12C, 13C or 14C atom, preferably 12C.
In one embodiment, A represents C-R1. In another embodiment, A represents N. In one embodiment, E represents C-R2. In another embodiment, E represents N.
In a particular embodiment, A represents C-R1 or N; and E represents C-R2. In one aspect of that embodiment, A represents C-R1; and E represents C-R2.
Suitably, the present invention provides a compound of formula (1-1) or (1-2) or an TV-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Suitably, Y represents -0-, -N(R3>, -C(R4aXR4b> or -S-, wherein R3, R48 and R4b are as defined above.
Typically, Y represents -C(R4a)(R4b)-.
In a first embodiment, Y represents -0-. In a second embodiment, Y represents -N(R3)-. In a third embodiment, Y represents -C(R4a)(R4b)-. In a fourth embodiment, Y represents -S-. In a fifth embodiment, Y represents -S(0)-. In a sixth embodiment, Y represents -S(0)2-. In a seventh embodiment, Y represents -S(0)(N-R5)-.
Typically, Z represents furyl, benzoftiryl, dibenzofiuyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thieno[2,3-c]pyrazolyl, thieno[3,4-6][l,4]dioxinyl, dibenzothienyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-6]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3 ,4-6]pyridinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolo[ 1 , 5-a]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-d]- pyrimidinyl, pyrazolo[ 1 , 5-a]pyrazinyl, indazolyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo[2, 1 -6]thiazolyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[4, 5-6]pyridinyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2-6]pyridazinyl, purinyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyrimidinyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2-c]pyrimidinyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, [ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3 -a]- pyridinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [1 ,2,4]triazolo[ 1,5-a]- pyrimidinyl, 6, 8-dihydro- 57f-[l, 2, 4]triazolo[4,3-<z]pyrazinyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyridinyl, pyridazinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pteridinyl, triazinyl or chromenyl, any
of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents. Additionally, Z may represent [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Appositely, Z represents pyrazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents. Additionally, Z may represent [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
More particularly, Z represents imidazolyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyridinyl, triazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl or tetrazolyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Suitably, Z represents imidazolyl, triazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl or tetrazolyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Typical examples of optional substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-6 alkyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro(C1-6 )alkyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl, cyano- bicyclo[l .1. l]pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro[2.2]pentanyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(C1-6 )alkyl, oxo, C1-6 alkoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, phenoxy, methylenedioxy, difluoromethylenedioxy, Ci-6 alkylthio, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C i-6)alkylamino, amino(Ci-6)- alkyl, di(C1-6)alkylamino(Ci-6)alkyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonylamino, C2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C1-6 alkylsulfonylamino, formyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl, di(C1-6)alkyl aminosulfonyl and di(Ci-6)alkylsulfoximino. Additional examples include difluoroethyl.
Apposite examples of optional substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from halogen, C1-6 alkyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro(C i-6)alkyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl and C1-6
alkyl amino. Additional examples include difluoroethyl. Additional examples include cyano.
Illustrative examples of optional substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from halogen, difluoroethyl, trifluoro- (C i-6)alkyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cy anobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl .
Additional examples include cyano.
Selected examples of optional substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl .
Suitable examples of optional substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from halogen, trifluoroethyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl.
Typical examples of particular substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, trifluoropropyl, 2-methyl-3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, difluoro- cyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluoro- bicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro- [2.2]pentanyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxyisopropyl, oxo, methoxy, isopropoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, phenoxy, methylenedioxy, difluoromethylenedioxy, methylthio, m ethyl sulfmyl, methyl- sulfonyl, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, aminomethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, acetyl amino, m ethoxy carbonylamino, methyl sulfonylamino, formyl, acetyl, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonyl, dimethyl- aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, methylaminosulfonyl, dimethylaminosulfonyl and dimethylsulfoximino. Additional examples include difluoroethyl.
Apposite examples of particular substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from fluoro, methyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, trifluoropropyl, 2-methyl-3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, difluoro- cyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, cyano- bicyclo[l .1. l]pentanyl and methylamino. Additional examples include difluoroethyl. Additional examples include cyano.
Illustrative examples of particular substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from fluoro, difluoroethyl, trifluoro- ethyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl.
Additional examples include cyano.
Selected examples of particular substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from fluoro, cyano, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl.
Suitable examples of particular substituents on Z include one, two or (where possible) three substituents independently selected from fluoro, trifluoroethyl, difluoro- cyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicy clo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl .
Typical values of Z include trifluoroethylpyrazolyl, (methylXtrifluoroethyl)- pyrazolyl, pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, methylindazolyl, trifluoroethylisoxazolyl, (methyl)- (trifluoroethyl)isoxazolyl, trifluoroethylisothiazolyl, trifluoroethylimidazolyl, cyclopropylmethylimidazolyl, (methylXtrifluoroethyl)imidazolyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2 -a\- pyridinyl, trifluoroethyltriazolyl, difluorocyclopropyltriazolyl, difluorocyclobutyl- triazolyl, cyclopropylmethyltriazolyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyltriazolyl, (fluoro)- (trifluoroethyl)triazolyl, (methylXtrifluoroethyl)triazolyl, (difluoromethylXtrifluoroethyl)- triazolyl, (cyclopropylmethylXdifluoromethyl)triazolyl, (methylaminoXtrifluoroethyl)- triazolyl, [ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyridinyl, fluoro[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, benzotriazolyl, trifluoroethyltetrazolyl, trifluoroethylpyridinyl, trifluoroethylpyridazinyl, trifluoroethylpyrimidinyl and trifluoroethylpyrazinyl. Additional values include difluoroethyltriazolyl. Additional values include fluoroimidazo[l,2-a]pyridinyl, cyano[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl and cyano[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl.
Selected values of Z include cyclopropylmethylimidazolyl, fluoroimidazo[l,2-a]- pyridinyl, difluoroethyltriazolyl, trifluoroethyltriazolyl, difluorocyclobutyltriazolyl, cyclopropylmethyltriazolyl, cyanobicy clo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyltriazolyl, fluoro[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo- [4,3 -a]pyridinyl, cy ano[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3 -a]pyridinyl, cy ano[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3 -a]- pyrazinyl and trifluoroethyltetrazolyl.
Illustrative values of Z include cyclopropylmethylimidazolyl, difluoroethyl- triazolyl, trifluoroethyltriazolyl, difluorocyclobutyltriazolyl, cyclopropylmethyltriazolyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyltriazolyl, fluoro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl and trifluoroethyltetrazolyl.
Suitable values of Z include cyclopropylmethylimidazolyl, trifluoroethyltriazolyl, difluorocyclobutyltriazolyl, cyclopropylmethyltriazolyl, cyanobicyclo[l .1. l]pentanyl- triazolyl, fluoro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl and trifluoroethyltetrazolyl.
Suitably, Z represents a group of formula (Za), (Zb), (Zc), (Zd), (Ze), (Zf), (Zg), (Zh), (Zj), (Zk), (Zl), (Zm), (Zn), (Zp), (Zq), (Zr), (Zs), (Zt), (Zu), (Zv), (Zw), (Zx), (Zy),
Rlz represents hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, difluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoro(Ci-6)- alkyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluoro- cyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicy clo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl, cyanobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro[2.2]pentanyl, hydroxy(C2-6)alkyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino(C2-6)alkyl, di(C1-6)alkylamino(Ci-6)alkyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl or di(C1-6)alkylaminosulfonyl; and
R2z represents hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-6 alkyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro(Ci-6)alkyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]- pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro[2.2]pentanyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, phenoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkyl- amino, amino(Ci-6)alkyl, di(C i-6)alkylamino(C i-6)alkyl, C2-6 alkyl carbonyl amino, C2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C1-6 alkylsulfonylamino, formyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkyl aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl, di(Ci-6)alkyl aminosulfonyl or di(C1-6)alkyl- sulfoximino.
Selected values of Z include the groups of formula (Zk), (Zl), (Zn), (Zp), (Zs),
(Zt), (Zu), (Zv) and (Zaa) as defined above.
Suitable values of Z include the groups of formula (Zk), (Zl), (Zn), (Zp), (Zs),
(Zt), (Zu) and (Zv) as defined above.
Particular values of Z include the groups of formula (Zk), (Zn), (Zp), (Zs), (Zt), (Zu) and (Zv) as defined above.
Generally, Rlz represents hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro(Ci-6)- alkyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicy clo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl, cyanobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro[2.2]pentanyl, hydroxy(C2-6)alkyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino(C2-6)alkyl, di(C1-6)alkylamino(Ci-6)alkyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-6)alkyl aminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl or di(C i-e)alkyl aminosulfonyl .
Typically, Rlz represents hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, trifluoro(C i-6)alkyl, difluoro- cyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl or cyanobicyclo[l .1. l]pentanyl. Additionally, Rlz may represent difluoroethyl.
Apposite values of Rlz include hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, tert- butyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, trifluoropropyl, 2-methyl-3,3,3- trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl, cyanobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro[2.2]pentanyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxyisopropyl, methyl- sulfonyl, aminoethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, acetyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, methyl- aminosulfonyl and dimethylaminosulfonyl. Additional values include difluoroethyl.
Typical values of Rlz include hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, tert- butyl, trifluoroethyl, trifluoropropyl, 2-methyl-3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicyclo- [l.l.l]pentanyl. Additional values include difluoroethyl.
Illustrative values of R1z include difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl.
Suitably, Rlz represents trifluoroethyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl or cyanobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentanyl .
Typically, R2z represents hydrogen, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, trifluoro(C i-6)alkyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl or C1-6 alkyl amino. Additionally, R2z may represent cyano.
Suitably, R2z represents hydrogen, halogen or cyano. More particularly, R2z represents hydrogen or halogen. In a first embodiment, R2z represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R2z represents halogen, especially fluoro. In a third embodiment,
R2z represents cyano.
Apposite values of R2z include hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, trifluoropropyl, 2-methyl-3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluorocyclopropylmethyl, fluorobicyclo[l .1.1]- pentanyl, cyanobicyclo[l.l.l]pentanyl, spiro[2.2]pentanyl, methylspiro[2.2]pentanyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxyisopropyl, methoxy, isopropoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, phenoxy, methylthio,
methylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, amino, methylamino, ethylamino, dimethylamino, amino- methyl, dimethylaminomethyl, acetylamino, methoxycarbonylamino, methyl sulfonyl- amino, formyl, acetyl, carboxy, m ethoxy carbonyl, ethoxycaibonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, methylaminosulfonyl, dimethylaminosulfonyl and dimethylsulfoximino.
Typical values of R2z include hydrogen, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro- ethyl, trifluoropropyl, 2-methyl-3 ,3 ,3 -trifluoropropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluoro- cyclopropylmethyl and methylamino. Additional values include cyano.
Selected values of R2z include hydrogen, fluoro and cyano.
Suitable values of R2z include hydrogen and fluoro.
In a first embodiment, R1 represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R1 represents fluoro.
In a first embodiment, R2 represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R2 represents fluoro.
Suitably, R3 represents -COR3a, -COaR38 or -SOaR3®; or R3 represents hydrogen; or R3 represents C1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, generally by one, two or three fluorine atoms, typically by three fluorine atoms.
In a first embodiment, R3 represents -COR3a. In a second embodiment, R3 represents -CO2R3a. In a third embodiment, R3 represents - -SO2R3a.. In a fourth embodiment, R3 represents hydrogen. In a fifth embodiment, R3 represents C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, typically by one, two or three fluorine atoms. In one aspect of that embodiment, R3 represents unsubstituted Ci-6 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl. In another aspect of that embodiment, R3 represents C1-6 alkyl substituted by one, two or three fluorine atoms, typically by three fluorine atoms.
Examples of that aspect include trifluoroethyl. In a sixth embodiment, R3 represents C3-9 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, typically by one, two or three fluorine atoms. In one aspect of that embodiment, R3 represents unsubstituted C3-9 cycloalkyl, especially cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In another aspect of that embodiment, R3 represents C3-9 cycloalkyl substituted by one, two or three fluorine atoms, typically by two fluorine atoms. Examples of that aspect include difluorocyclobutyl .
Typically, R3a represents C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one, two or three fluorine atoms.
Suitably, R3a represents C1-6 alkyl or trifluoro(C i-e)alkyl .
In a first embodiment, R3a represents C1-6 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl. In a first aspect of that embodiment, R3a represents methyl. In a second aspect of that embodiment, R3a represents ethyl. In a second embodiment, R3a represents trifluoro(Ci^)- alkyl, especially trifluoroethyl.
Particular values of R3a include methyl and trifluoroethyl.
Generally, R4a represents hydrogen or fluoro; or R4a represents C1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Typically, R4a represents hydrogen; or R4a represents C1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Suitably, R4a represents hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl.
In a first embodiment, R4a represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R4a represents fluoro. In a third embodiment, R4a represents hydroxy. In a fourth embodiment, R4a represents C1-6 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents. In a first aspect of that embodiment, R4a represents optionally substituted methyl. In a second aspect of that embodiment, R4a represents optionally substituted ethyl.
Typical examples of optional substituents on R4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, Ci-6 alkylthio, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C i-6)alkylamino, C2-6 alkyl- carbonylamino, C2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C1-6 alkylsulfonylamino, formyl, C2-6 alkyl- carbonyl, carboxy, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di- (C i-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl, di(C i-e)alkylamino- sulfonyl and di(Ci-6)alkylsulfoximino.
Apposite examples of optional substituents on R4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl.
Suitable examples of optional substituents on R4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen.
Typical examples of particular substituents on R4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, hydroxy,
methoxy, isopropoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoro- ethoxy, methylthio, methylsulfmyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, acetylamino, m ethoxy carbonylamino, methylsulfonylamino, formyl, acetyl, carboxy, methoxy carbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylamino- carbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, methylaminosulfonyl, dimethylamino- sulfonyl and dimethylsulfoximino.
Apposite examples of particular substituents on R4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro and ethylsulfonyl.
Suitable examples of particular substituents on R4a include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro.
Illustrative values of R4a include hydrogen, fluoro, hydroxy, methyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl and ethylsulfonylethyl.
Typical values of R4a include hydrogen, methyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl and ethylsulfonylethyl .
Particular values of R4a include hydrogen, methyl, difluoroethyl and trifluoroethyl. Suitable values of R4a include hydrogen and methyl.
In a first embodiment, R4b represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R* represents fluoro. In a third embodiment, R4b represents C1-6 alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl. In a first aspect of that embodiment, R* represents methyl. In a second aspect of that embodiment, R* represents ethyl.
Typical values of R* include hydrogen and fluoro, especially hydrogen.
Alternatively, R4a and R* may together form an optionally substituted spiro linkage. Thus, R4a and R46, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may represent C3-7 cycloalkyl or C3-7 heterocycloalkyl, either of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
In a first embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent C3-7 cycloalkyl, which group may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. As a general illustration of that embodiment, R4a and R46, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two
substituents. As a first particular illustration of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent cyclobutyl or cyclohexyl, either of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. As a second particular illustration of that embodiment, R4a and R46, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent cyclopropyl or cyclohexyl, either of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a first aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a cyclopropyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a second aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a cyclobutyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a third aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a cyclopentyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a fourth aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a cyclohexyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
In a second embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent C3-7 heterocycloalkyl, which group may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. As a general illustration of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. As a particular illustration of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a first aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent an oxetanyl ring, which may be
unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a second aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R*, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a pyrrolidinyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a third aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a tetrahydropyranyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents. In a fourth aspect of that embodiment, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may suitably represent a piperidinyl ring, which may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
Typically, R4a and R46, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may represent cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
Appositely, R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may represent cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
Suitably, R4a and R46, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, may represent cyclopropyl or cyclohexyl, either of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents, typically by one or two substituents.
Typical examples of optional substituents on the spirocycle formed by R4a and R4b include C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, C2-6 alkoxy carbonyl, amino, C1-6 alkyl amino and di(C i-6)alkylamino.
Apposite examples of optional substituents on the spirocycle formed by R4a and R4b include C1-6 alkyl, halogen, trifluoroethyl and C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, especially halogen.
Suitable examples of optional substituents on the spirocycle formed by R4a and R* include halogen and C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl.
Typical examples of particular substituents on the spirocycle formed by R4® and R4b include methyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, hydroxy, methoxy, methylthio, methylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, acetyl, m ethoxy carbonyl, ethoxy- carbonyl, amino, methylamino and dimethylamino.
Apposite examples of particular substituents on the spirocycle formed by R4a and R4b include methyl, fluoro, trifluoroethyl and methoxycarbonyl, especially fluoro.
Suitable examples of particular substituents on the spirocycle formed by R4a and R4b include fluoro and methoxycarbonyl.
Typical examples of the spirocycle formed by R4a and R4b include cyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, difluorocyclohexyl, oxetanyl, methoxycarbonyl- pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl and methoxycarbonylpiperidinyl.
Apposite examples of the spirocycle formed by R4a and R4b include difluorocyclobutyl, difluorocyclohexyl, methoxycarbonylpyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl and methoxycarbonylpiperidinyl .
Selected examples of the spirocycle formed by R4a and R4b include cyclopropyl and difluorocyclohexyl.
Suitably, R5 represents methyl or ethyl. In a first embodiment, R5 represents methyl. In a second embodiment, R5 represents ethyl.
Typically, R6 represents -OR6® or -NR6^.66; or R6 represents C1-6 alkyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl(C i-6)alkyl, aryl, aryl(Ci-6)alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl- (Ci-6)alkyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Suitably, R6 represents -OR6®; or R6 represents heteroaryl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
In a first embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In a second embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted C3-9 cycloalkyl. In a third embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted C3-9 cycloalkyl(C i-6)alkyl . In a fourth embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted aryl. In a fifth embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted aryl(Ci-6)alkyl. In a sixth embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted C3-7 heterocycloalkyl. In a seventh embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted C3-7 heterocycloalkyl(Ci-6)alkyl. In an eighth embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted heteroaryl. In a ninth embodiment, R6 represents optionally substituted
heteroary 1(C i-e)alkyl . In a tenth embodiment, R6 represents -OR6®. In an eleventh embodiment, R6 represents -NR6aR6b.
Typical values of R6 include -OR6® or -NR^R66; and methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2- methylpropyl, butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, triazolylmethyl, benzotriazolylmethyl or pyridinylmethyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Illustrative values of R6 include -OR6®; and pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl or oxadiazolyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Suitable values of R6 include pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Apposite values of R6 include pyrazolyl and oxadiazolyl, either of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Particular values of R6 include oxadiazolyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Typical examples of optional substituents on R6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-6 alkyl, trifluoro- methyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, oxo, C1-6 alkoxy, difluoro- methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, amino(Ci-6)alkyl, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C i-6)alkylamino, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonylamino, C2-6 alkyl carbonyl amino(Ci-6)alkyl, C2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C1-6 alkylsulfonylamino, formyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C i-6)alkyl amino- carbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminosulfonyl and di- (C i-6)alkyl sulfoximinyl .
Suitable examples of optional substituents on R6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from C1-6 alkyl.
Typical examples of particular substituents on R6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, oxo, m ethoxy, tert-butoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methylthio, methylsulfmyl, methylsulfonyl, amino, aminomethyl, aminoethyl, methyl- amino, tert-butylamino, dimethylamino, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl,
piperazinyl, acetylamino, acetylaminoethyl, m ethoxy carbonylamino, methylsulfonyl- amino, formyl, acetyl, carboxy, m ethoxy carbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, fe/7-butoxy carbonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, methylaminosulfonyl, dimethyl aminosulfonyl and dimethylsulfoximinyl.
Suitable examples of particular substituents on R6 include one, two or three substituents independently selected from methyl and ethyl.
Illustrative examples of particular values of R6 include methyl, difluoromethyl, methylsulfonylmethyl, aminomethyl, methylaminomethyl, difluoroethyl, carboxy ethyl, difluoropropyl, 2-methylpropyl, butyl, cyanocyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, ethyl- cyclopropyl, dimethylcyclopropyl, trifluoromethylcyclopropyl, phenylcyclopropyl, fluorophenylcyclopropyl, hydroxycyclopropyl, aminocyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, trifluoromethylcyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chloro- phenyl, cyanophenyl, methylphenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methylsulfonylphenyl, dimethyl- sulfoximinylphenyl, benzyl, fluorobenzyl, difluorobenzyl, chlorobenzyl, (chloro)(fluoro)- benzyl, dichlorobenzyl, (chloro)(difluoro)benzyl, bromobenzyl, cyanobenzyl, methyl- benzyl, dimethylbenzyl, trifluoromethylbenzyl, phenylbenzyl, hydroxybenzyl, hydroxymethylbenzyl, benzoyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethoxybenzyl, trifluoromethoxy- benzyl, methylsulfonylbenzyl, aminomethylbenzyl, aminoethylbenzyl, dimethylamino- benzyl, pyrrolidinylbenzyl, (dimethylXpyrrolidinyl)benzyl, morpholinylbenzyl, (dimethyl)(morpholinyl)benzyl, piperazinylbenzyl, acetylaminoethylbenzyl, phenylethyl, chlorophenylethyl, methylpyrazolyl, ethylpyrazolyl, (methylXtetrahydropyranyl)- pyrazolyl, methylisoxazolyl, ethylisoxazolyl, methyloxadiazolyl, ethyloxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, triazolylmethyl, benzotriazolylmethyl, pyridinylmethyl and aminopyridinyl- methyl.
Favoured values of R6 include methylpyrazolyl, ethylpyrazolyl, methylisoxazolyl, ethylisoxazolyl, methyloxadiazolyl and ethyloxadiazolyl.
Selected values of R6 include methylpyrazolyl, ethylpyrazolyl, methyloxadiazolyl and ethyloxadiazolyl.
Notable values of R6 include methylpyrazolyl, methyloxadiazolyl and ethyl- oxadiazolyl.
Particular values of R6 include methyloxadiazolyl and ethyloxadiazolyl.
In a first embodiment, R6® represents C1-6 alkyl. In a second embodiment, R6® represents optionally substituted C3-9 cycloalkyl.
Typically, R6® represents C1-6 alkyl; or R6a represents cyclobutyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Typical examples of optional substituents on R6® include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-6 alkyl, trifluoro- methyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, oxo, C1-6 alkoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoro- methoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, amino, amino(Ci-6)alkyl, Ci-6 alkylamino, di(C i-6)alkyl amino, C2-6 alkylcarbonylamino, C2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C1-6 alkylsulfonylamino, formyl, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl and di(C i-6)alkylaminosulfonyl .
Suitable examples of optional substituents on R6® include one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen.
Typical examples of specific substituents on R6® include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethylhydroxy, hydroxymethyl, oxo, methoxy, tert- butoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methylthio, methylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, amino, aminomethyl, aminoethyl, methylamino, tert-butylamino, dimethylamino, acetyl amino, m ethoxy carbonylamino, methyl sulfonylamino, formyl, acetyl, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, tert-butoxy carbonyl, aminocarbonyl, methylamino- carbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, aminosulfonyl, methylaminosulfonyl and dimethyl- aminosulfonyl.
Suitable examples of specific substituents on R6® include one, two or three substituents independently selected from fluoro.
Illustrative examples of specific values of R6® include methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, w-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl and difluorocyclobutyl.
Typically, R6® represents cyclobutyl.
Typically, R66 represents hydrogen or methyl.
In a first embodiment, R66 represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R66 represents C1-6 alkyl, especially methyl.
Typically, R60 represents hydrogen or methyl.
In a first embodiment, R60 represents hydrogen. In a second embodiment, R60 represents C1-6 alkyl, especially methyl.
Alternatively, the moiety -NR^R60 may suitably represent azetidin-l-yl, pyrrolidin-l-yl, oxazolidin-3-yl, isoxazolidin-2-yl, thiazolidin-3-yl, isothiazolidin-2-yl, piperidin-l-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-l-yl, homopiperidin-l-yl, homomorpholin-4-yl or homopiperazin-l-yl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
Selected examples of suitable substituents on the heterocyclic moiety -NR6^66 include C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci-6)alkyl, amino(Ci-6)alkyl, cyano, oxo, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, C2-6 alkoxycarbonyl, amino, C2-6 alkylcarbonyl- amino, C2-6 alkyl carbonylamino(C i-6)alkyl, C2-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl- amino and aminocarbonyl.
Selected examples of specific substituents on the heterocyclic moiety -NR6^66 include methyl, methylsulfonyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, cyano, oxo, acetyl, carboxy, ethoxy carbonyl, amino, acetylamino, acetylaminomethyl, tert-butoxy- carbonylamino, methylsulfonylamino and aminocarbonyl.
One sub-class of compounds according to the invention is represented by the compounds of formula (IIA) and A-oxides thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
wherein
R16 represents methyl or ethyl; and A, E, Z and R4a are as defined above.
In a first embodiment, R16 represents methyl. In a second embodiment, R16 represents ethyl.
Another sub-class of compounds according to the invention is represented by the compounds of formula (ΠΒ) and A-oxides thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
wherein
A, E, Z, R4a and R16 are as defined above.
Specific novel compounds in accordance with the present invention include each of the compounds whose preparation is described in the accompanying Examples, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.
The compounds in accordance with the present invention are beneficial in the treatment and/or prevention of various human ailments, including inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.
The compounds according to the present invention are useful in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a pathological disorder that is mediated by a pro-inflammatory IL-17 cytokine or is associated with an increased level of a pro-inflammatory IL-17 cytokine. Generally, the pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of infections (viral, bacterial, fungal and parasitic), endotoxic shock associated with infection, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, systemic onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA), systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease (COAD), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD),
acute lung injury, pelvic inflammatory disease, Alzheimer’s Disease, Crohn’s disease, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Castleman’s disease, axial spondyloarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis and other spondyloarthropathies, dermatomyositis, myocarditis, uveitis, exophthalmos, autoimmune thyroiditis, Peyronie’s Disease, coeliac disease, gall bladder disease, Pilonidal disease, peritonitis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, vasculitis, surgical adhesions, stroke, autoimmune diabetes, Type I Diabetes, lyme arthritis, meningoencephalitis, immune mediated inflammatory disorders of the central and peripheral nervous system such as multiple sclerosis and Guillain-Barr syndrome, other autoimmune disorders, pancreatitis, trauma (surgery), graft-versus-host disease, transplant rejection, fibrosing disorders including pulmonary fibrosis, liver fibrosis, renal fibrosis, scleroderma or systemic sclerosis, cancer (both solid tumours such as melanomas, hepatoblastomas, sarcomas, squamous cell carcinomas, transitional cell cancers, ovarian cancers and hematologic malignancies and in particular acute myelogenous leukaemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic lymphatic leukemia, gastric cancer and colon cancer), heart disease including ischaemic diseases such as myocardial infarction as well as atherosclerosis, intravascular coagulation, bone resorption, osteoporosis, periodontitis, hypochlorhydia and pain (particularly pain associated with inflammation).
WO 2009/089036 reveals that modulators of IL-17 activity may be administered to inhibit or reduce the severity of ocular inflammatory disorders, in particular ocular surface inflammatory disorders including Dry Eye Syndrome (DES). Consequently, the compounds in accordance with the present invention are useful in the treatment and/or prevention of an IL-17-mediated ocular inflammatory disorder, in particular an IL-17- mediated ocular surface inflammatory disorder including Dry Eye Syndrome. Ocular surface inflammatory disorders include Dry Eye Syndrome, penetrating keratoplasty, comeal transplantation, lamellar or partial thickness transplantation, selective endothelial transplantation, comeal neovascularization, keratoprosthesis surgery, comeal ocular surface inflammatory conditions, conjunctival scarring disorders, ocular autoimmune conditions, Pemphigoid syndrome, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, ocular allergy, severe allergic (atopic) eye disease, conjunctivitis and microbial keratitis. Particular categories of Dry Eye Syndrome include keratoconjunctivitis sicca (KCS), Sjogren syndrome, Sjogren syndrome-associated keratoconjunctivitis sicca, non-Sjogren syndrome- associated keratoconjunctivitis sicca, keratitis sicca, sicca syndrome, xerophthalmia, tear
film disorder, decreased tear production, aqueous tear deficiency (ATD), meibomian gland dysfunction and evaporative loss.
Dlustratively, the compounds of the present invention may be useful in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a pathological disorder selected from the group consisting of arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, systemic onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA), systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), asthma, chronic obstructive airway disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, atopic dermatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, scleroderma, systemic sclerosis, lung fibrosis, inflammatory bowel diseases (including Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis), axial spondyloarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis and other spondyloarthropathies, cancer and pain (particularly pain associated with inflammation).
Suitably, the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, hidradenitis suppurativa, axial spondyloarthritis or ankylosing spondylitis.
The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound in accordance with the invention as described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may take a form suitable for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical, ophthalmic or rectal administration, or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets, lozenges or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g. pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose); fillers (e.g. lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogenphosphate); lubricants (e.g. magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g. potato starch or sodium glycollate); or wetting agents (e.g. sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets may be coated by methods well known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents, emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles or preservatives. The
preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavouring agents, colouring agents or sweetening agents, as appropriate.
Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the active compound.
For buccal administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
The compounds according to the present invention may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g. by bolus injection or infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g. in glass ampoules or multi-dose containers, e.g. glass vials. The compositions for injection may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilising, preserving and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
In addition to the formulations described above, the compounds according to the present invention may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long-acting formulations may be administered by implantation or by intramuscular injection.
For nasal administration or administration by inhalation, the compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation for pressurised packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, fluorotrichloromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas or mixture of gases.
The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack or dispensing device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
For topical administration the compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Particular carriers include, for example, mineral oil, liquid petroleum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, the compounds according to the present invention may be formulated in a suitable lotion containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Particular carriers include, for example, mineral oil, sorbitan
monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 2- octyldodecanol and water.
For ophthalmic administration the compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH-adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as a bactericidal or fungicidal agent, for example phenylmercuric nitrate, benzylalkonium chloride or chlorhexidine acetate. Alternatively, for ophthalmic administration the compounds according to the present invention may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
For rectal administration the compounds according to the present invention may be conveniently formulated as suppositories. These can be prepared by mixing the active component with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and so will melt in the rectum to release the active component. Such materials include, for example, cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
The quantity of a compound according to the present invention required for the prophylaxis or treatment of a particular condition will vary depending on the compound chosen and the condition of the patient to be treated. In general, however, daily dosages may range from around 10 ng/kg to 1000 mg/kg, typically from 100 ng/kg to 100 mg/kg, e.g. around 0.01 mg/kg to 40 mg/kg body weight, for oral or buccal administration, from around 10 ng/kg to 50 mg/kg body weight for parenteral administration, and from around 0.05 mg to around 1000 mg, e.g. from around 0.5 mg to around 1000 mg, for nasal administration or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
If desired, a compound in accordance with the present invention may be coadministered with another pharmaceutically active agent, e.g. an anti-inflammatory molecule.
The compounds of formula (I) above may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H with a compound of formula
(m):
The reaction is convenientiy accomplished in the presence of a coupling agent and a base. Suitable coupling agents include 1 -[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]- 1/f- 1,2,3- triazolo[4,5-6]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate (HATU); and 2,4,6-tripropyl- l,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriphosphorinane-2,4,6-trioxide. Suitable bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or pyridine. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient or elevated temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran; or a dipolar aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethyl- formamide or N,N-dimethylacetamide; or a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane; or an organic ester solvent such as ethyl acetate.
Where R6 represents C1-6 alkyl, e.g. methyl, the compounds of formula (I) above may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting a compound of formula R6-COCl, e.g. acetyl chloride, with a compound of formula (ΙΠ) as defined above. The reaction is conveniently accomplished in the presence of a base. Suitable bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran.
Where R6 represents -OR68, the compounds of formula (I) above may be prepared by a two-step process which comprises: (i) reacting a compound of formula R^-OH with N,N-disuccinimidyl carbonate, ideally in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic amine such as triethylamine; and (ii) reacting the resulting material with a compound of formula (ΠΙ) as defined above. Steps (i) and (ii) are conveniently performed at ambient
temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane, or an organic nitrile solvent such as acetonitrile.
The intermediates of formula (ΙΠ) above may be prepared by removal of the N- protecting group Rp from a compound of formula (TV):
wherein A, E, Y and Z are as defined above, and Rp represents a /V-protecting group.
The A-protecting group Rp will suitably be tert-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), in which case the removal thereof may conveniently be effected by treatment with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
Alternatively, the A-protecting group Rp may be benzyloxycarbonyl, in which case the removal thereof may conveniently be effected by catalytic hydrogenation, typically by treatment with hydrogen gas or ammonium formate in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, e.g. palladium on charcoal, or palladium hydroxide on charcoal.
The compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -COR3a, may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting a carboxylic acid of formula R3a-C02H, wherein R3a is as defined above, with the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound (ΙΠ) and a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H.
Likewise, the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -COR3a, may be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid of formula R3a-C02H, wherein R3a is as defined above, with the appropriate compound of formula (TV) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen;
under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound (III) and a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H.
The compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -COaR38, may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L1a-C02R3a, wherein L1a represents a suitable leaving group, and R3a is as defined above.
Likewise, the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -SO2R3a, may be prepared by reacting the appropriate compound of formula (TV) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L1a-C02R3a, wherein L1a and R3a are as defined above.
The leaving group L1a is suitably a halogen atom, e.g. chloro. Alternatively, the leaving group L1a may suitably be 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-l-yloxy.
The reaction is conveniently accomplished in the presence of a base. Suitable bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as ^A-diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
The compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -SO2R3a, may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L1b-S02R3a, wherein L1b represents a suitable leaving group, and R3a is as defined above.
Likewise, the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -SOaR38, may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (TV) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L1b-S02R3a, wherein L1b and R3a are as defined above.
The leaving group L1b is suitably a halogen atom, e.g. chloro.
The reaction is conveniently accomplished in the presence of a base. Suitable bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as ^A-diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
The compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L2-R3b, wherein L2 represents a suitable leaving group, and R3b represents C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
Likewise, the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, may be prepared by reacting the appropriate compound of formula (TV) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with a compound of formula L2-R3b, wherein L2 and R3b are as defined above.
The leaving group L2 may suitably be a sulfonyloxy derivative, e.g. trifluoro- methanesulfonyloxy.
The reaction is conveniently accomplished in the presence of a base. Suitable bases include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
The compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents C3-9 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms (e.g. 3,3- difluorocyclobutyl), may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting the appropriate compound of formula (I) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with the appropriate cycloalkanone, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms (e.g. 3,3-difluorocyclobutanone), in the presence of a reducing agent.
Likewise, the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents C3-9 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms (e.g. 3, 3 -difluorocyclobutyl), may be prepared by reacting the appropriate compound of formula (IV) as defined above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, with the appropriate cycloalkanone, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms (e.g. 3,3-difluorocyclobutanone), in the presence of a reducing agent.
The reducing agent is suitably sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of acetic acid.
The compounds of formula (I) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, may conveniently be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula (I) wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -SO2R3a and R3a represents fert-butyl, with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
Likewise, the intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents hydrogen, may conveniently be prepared by reacting the corresponding compound of formula (TV) wherein Y represents -N(R3)-, in which R3 represents -SO2R3a and R3a represents tert-butyl, with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
In an alternative procedure, the compounds of formula (I) above may be prepared by a process which comprises cyclising a compound of formula (VA) or (VB):
wherein A, E, Y, Z and R6 are as defined above.
Cyclisation of compound (VA) or (VB) is conveniently effected by heating in the presence of a suitable medium, e.g. an acid such as acetic acid, or trifluoroacetic acid.
The intermediates of formula (VA) or (VB) above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (VI) with a carboxylic acid of formula (VII) or a salt thereof, e.g. a lithium salt thereof:
wherein A, E, Y, Z and R6 are as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound (ΠΙ) and a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H.
The intermediates of formula (VII) may be prepared by a two-step procedure which comprises: (i) reacting a carboxylic acid of formula R6-CC>2H with a compound of formula (VIII):
wherein Aik1 represents C1-6 alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, and R6 is as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound (III) and a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H; and (ii) saponification of the resulting material by treatment with a base.
Alternative coupling agents that may usefully be employed in step (i) include N- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-/V,-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC.HC1) and O- (benzotriazol- 1 -ylJ-V^A^/VV/V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU).
The saponification reaction in step (ii) will generally be effected by treatment with a base. Suitable bases include inorganic hydroxides, e.g. an alkali metal hydroxide such
as lithium hydroxide. Where lithium hydroxide is employed in step (ii) of the above procedure, the product may be the lithium salt of the carboxylic acid of formula (VII).
Step (ii) is conveniently effected at ambient temperature in water and a suitable organic solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, optionally in admixture with a C1-6 alkanol such as methanol.
The intermediates of formula (TV) above may be prepared by a two-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reacting a compound of formula (VI) as defined above with a compound of formula (IX):
wherein Rp is as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compounds (VI) and (VII); and
(ii) cyclisation of the resulting material under conditions analogous to those described above for the cyclisation of compound (VA) or (VB).
In the alternative, the intermediates of formula (ΙΠ) above may be prepared by a procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reacting a compound of formula (X) with the compound of formula (XI):
wherein A, E, Y and Z are as defined above, and Rq represents a W-protecting group; to provide a compound of formula (ΧΠ):
wherein A, E, Y, Z and Rq are as defined above; and
(ii) removal of the tert-butylsulfinyl group and the W-protecting group Rq from compound (XII).
The W-protecting group Rq will suitably be 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl.
Step (i) is suitably effected by treatment of compound (X) with a base, e.g. an organic base such as w-butyllithium, followed by reaction with compound (XI). The reaction is conveniently accomplished in a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran.
Where the W-protecting group Rq is 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, removal of the tert-butylsulfinyl group and the W-protecting group Rq from compound (ΧΠ) in step (ii) may both be accomplished by treatment with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
Where the W-protecting group Rq is 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, the intermediates of formula (X) above may be prepared by a procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reaction of a compound of formula (VI) as defined above with formic acid; and
(ii) reaction of the material thereby obtained with 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride.
Step (i) is conveniently carried out at an elevated temperature.
Step (ii) is suitably effected by treating the reactants with a base, e.g. an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, or an organic amine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
The intermediate of formula (XI) above may be prepared by reacting 4,4- difluorocyclohexyl carboxaldehyde with 2-methyl-2-propanesulfinamide. The reaction is suitably effected in the presence of pyridinium /7-toluenesulfonate and magnesium sulfate.
The reaction is conveniently carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
In another procedure, the compounds of formula (I) wherein Z represents a group of formula (Zs) as defined above, in which R2z is hydrogen, may be prepared by a process which comprises reacting a compound of formula Rlz-NI½ and a trialkyl orthoformate HCCO-Alk1^ with a compound of formula (XIII):
wherein A, E, Y, R6, Rlz and Aik1 are as defined above.
The reaction is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature in the presence of acetic acid. The reaction may typically be carried out in a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as 1,4-dioxane.
The intermediates of formula (XIII) above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (XIV):
The reaction is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a C1-6 alkanol such as ethanol.
The intermediates of formula (XTV) above may be prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H with compound of formula (XV):
wherein A, E, Y, R6 and Aik1 are as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound (ΠΙ) and a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H.
The intermediates of formula (XV) above may be prepared by removal of the N- protecting group Rp from a compound of formula (XVI):
wherein A, E, Y, Rp and Aik1 are as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for removal of the N-protecting group Rp from a compound of formula
(IV).
The intermediates of formula (XVI) above may be prepared by a two-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reacting a compound of formula (IX) as defined above with a compound of formula (XVII):
wherein A, E, Y and Aik1 are as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compounds (VI) and (VII); and
(ii) cyclisation of the resulting material under conditions analogous to those described above for the cyclisation of compound (VA) or (VB).
The intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Z represents a group of formula (Zt) as defined above may be prepared by a three-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) saponification of a compound of formula (XVI) as defined above by treatment with a base;
(ii) reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative thereby obtained with a compound of formula (XVIII):
wherein R2z is as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compounds (VI) and (VII); and
(iii) cyclisation of the resulting material by treatment with triphenylphosphine in the presence of a base.
Similarly, the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Z represents a group of formula (Zt) as defined above may be prepared by a three-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) saponification of a compound of formula (XTV) as defined above by treatment with a base;
(ii) reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative thereby obtained with a compound of formula (XVIII) as defined above, under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compounds (VI) and (VII); and
(iii) cyclisation of the resulting material by treatment with triphenylphosphine in the presence of a base.
The saponification reaction in step (i) will generally be effected by treatment with a base. Suitable bases include inorganic hydroxides, e.g. an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide.
Suitable bases of use in step (iii) include organic amines, e.g. a trialkylamine such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in the presence of hexachloroethane and a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran.
In a variant of the above procedure, the compounds of formula (I) above wherein Z represents a group of formula (Zaa) as defined above may be prepared by a three-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) saponification of a compound of formula (XTV) as defined above by treatment with a base, under conditions analogous to those described above;
(ii) reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative thereby obtained with a compound of formula (XVIIIA):
wherein R2z is as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compounds (VI) and (VII); and
(iii) cyclisation of the resulting material by treatment with triphenylphosphine in the presence of a base, under conditions analogous to those described above.
In another procedure, the compounds of formula (I) wherein Z represents a group of formula (Zu) or (Zv) as defined above, in which Rlz is other than hydrogen, may be prepared by a three-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reacting an alkali metal azide with a compound of formula (XIX):
(ii) reacting the resulting material with a compound of formula Rlz-L3, wherein Rlz is as defined above (and is other than hydrogen), and L3 represents a suitable leaving group; and
(iii) removal of the V-protecting group Rq from the resulting material; imder conditions analogous to those described above for the removal of the /V-protecting group Rq from compound (XII).
In step (i), the alkali metal azide is suitably sodium azide. The reaction is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature in the presence of ammonium chloride and a suitable solvent, e.g. a dipolar aprotic solvent such as ^M-dimethylformamide.
The leaving group L3 may suitably be a sulfonyloxy derivative, e.g. trifluoro- methanesulfonyloxy.
Step (ii) will generally be accomplished in the presence of a base. Suitable bases include alkali metal carbonates, e.g. potassium carbonate. The reaction is conveniently effected at an elevated temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a carbonyl-containing solvent such as acetone.
Where the V-protecting group Rq is 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, the intermediates of formula (XIX) above may be prepared by a three-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reacting a compound of formula (XIV) as defined above with 2-(trimethyl- silyl)ethoxymethyl chloride;
(ii) reacting the resulting material with ammonia; and
(iii) reacting the material thereby obtained with trifluoroacetic anhydride in the presence of pyridine.
Step (i) is suitably effected by treating the reactants with a base, e.g. an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, or an organic amine such as Af/V-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a dipolar aprotic solvent such as Af/V-dimethylformamide.
Step (ii) is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a C1-6 alkanol such as methanol.
Step (iii) is conveniently carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a cyclic ether such as 1,4-dioxane.
The intermediates of formula (TV) above wherein Z represents a group of formula (Zp) as defined above, in which R2z is hydrogen, may be prepared by reacting an azide derivative of formula Rlz-N3 with a compound of formula (XX):
wherein A, E, Y, Rlz and Rp are as defined above; in the presence of a transition metal catalyst.
Suitable transition metal catalysts of use in the above reaction include chloro- (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl)(cyclooctadiene)ruthenium(n).
The reaction is conveniently carried out at an elevated temperature in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents. Typical solvents include alkyl ethers, e.g. tert-butyl methyl ether, or 1 ,2-dimethoxy ethane; and cyclic ethers, e.g. tetrahydrofuran.
The intermediates of formula (XX) above may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (XXI):
The reaction is generally performed in the presence of a base. Suitably, the base may be an alkali metal carbonate, e.g. potassium carbonate. The reaction is conveniently effected at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents. Typical solvents include C1-6 alkanols, e.g. methanol; and chlorinated solvents, e.g. dichloro- methane.
The intermediates of formula (XXI) above may be prepared by a two-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) removal of the 0-protecting group Rs from a compound of formula (ΧΧΠ):
wherein A, E, Y and Rp are as defined above, and Rs represents an O-protecting group; and
(ii) treatment of the compound thereby obtained with an oxidising agent.
The 0-protecting group Rs will suitably be acetyl.
Where Rs represents acetyl, the removal thereof in step (i) above may conveniently be effected by treatment with a base. Suitably, the base may be an alkali metal carbonate, e.g. potassium carbonate. The reaction is conveniently effected at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a C1-6 alkanol such as methanol.
Suitable oxidising agents of use in step (ii) above include l,l,l-tris(acetyloxy)- 1 , 1 -dihydro- 1 ,2-benziodoxol-3 -(l//)-one (Dess-Martin periodinane). The reaction is conveniently effected at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
The intermediates of formula (XXII) above may be prepared by a two-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reacting a compound of formula (IX) as defined above with a compound of formula (ΧΧΠΙ):
wherein A, E, Y and Rs are as defined above; under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compounds (VI) and (VII); and
(ii) cyclisation of the resulting material under conditions analogous to those described above for the cyclisation of compound (VA) or (VB).
In an alternative method, the intermediates of formula (XXI) above may be prepared by a two-step procedure which comprises the following steps:
(i) reduction of the -CChAlk1 group in a compound of formula (XVI) as defined above; and
(ii) treatment of the compound thereby obtained with an oxidising agent.
Reduction of the ester group -CChAlk1 in step (i) is conveniently effected by treating compound (XVI) with a conventional reducing agent. Suitable reducing agents include lithium borohydride and diisobutylaluminium hydride.
Suitable oxidising agents of use in step (ii) above include l,l,l-tris(acetyloxy)- l,l-dihydro-l,2-benziodoxol-3-(l//)-one (Dess-Martin periodinane). The reaction is conveniently effected at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, e.g. a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane.
Where they are not commercially available, the starting materials of formula (VI), (VIII), (IX), (XVII), (XVni), (XVIIIA) and (XXIII) may be prepared by methods analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples, or by standard methods well known from the art.
It will be understood that any compound of formula (I) initially obtained from any of the above processes may, where appropriate, subsequently be elaborated into a further compound of formula (I) by techniques known from the art. By way of example, a compound comprising a N-BOC moiety (wherein BOC is an abbreviation for tert-butoxy- carbonyl) may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a N-H moiety by treatment with an acid, e.g. a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid.
A compound comprising a N-H functionality may be alkylated, e.g. methylated, by treatment with a suitable alkyl halide, e.g. iodomethane, typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an inorganic carbonate such as sodium carbonate.
A compound comprising a N-H functionality may be acylated, e.g. acetylated, by treatment with a suitable acyl halide, e.g. acetyl chloride, typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine. Similarly, a compound comprising a N-H functionality may be acylated, e.g. acetylated, by treatment with a suitable acyl anhydride, e.g. acetic anhydride, typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic base such as triethylamine.
Simlarly, a compound comprising a N-H functionality may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a N-S(0)2Alk1 functionality (wherein Aik1 is as defined above) by treatment with the appropriate C1-6 alkylsulfonyl chloride reagent, e.g. methylsulfonyl chloride, typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic base such as triethylamine.
Simlarly, a compound comprising a N-H functionality may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a carbamate or urea moiety respectively by treatment with the appropriate chloroformate or carbamoyl chloride reagent, typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic base such as triethylamine. Alternatively, a compound comprising a N-H functionality may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a urea moiety by treatment with the appropriate amine-substituted (3 -methylimidazol-3 -ium- 1 -yl)methanone iodide derivative, typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic base such as triethylamine. Alternatively, a compound comprising a N-H functionality may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a urea moiety N-C(0)N(H)Alk1 (wherein Aik1 is as defined above) by treatment with the appropriate isocyanate derivative Alk^NK^K), typically in the presence of a base, e.g. an organic base such as triethylamine.
A compound comprising a N-H functionality may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a N-C(H) functionality by treatment with the appropriate aldehyde or ketone in the presence of a reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride.
A compound comprising a C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl moiety -CChAlk1 (wherein Aik1 is as defined above) may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a carboxylic acid (-CO2H) moiety by treatment with a base, e.g. an alkali metal hydroxide salt such as lithium hydroxide. Alternatively, a compound comprising a tert-butoxy- carbonyl moiety may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a carboxylic acid (-CO2H) moiety by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid.
A compound comprising a carboxylic acid (-CO2H) moiety may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising an amide moiety by treatment with the appropriate amine, under conditions analogous to those described above for the reaction between compound (ΙΠ) and a carboxylic acid of formula R6-C02H.
A compound comprising a C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl moiety -CChAlk1 (wherein Aik1 is as defined above) may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a hydroxymethyl (-CH2OH) moiety by treatment with a reducing agent such as lithium aluminium hydride.
A compound comprising a C1-6 alkylcarbonyloxy moiety -OC^Alk1 (wherein Aik1 is as defined above), e.g. acetoxy, may be converted into the corresponding
compound comprising a hydroxy (-OH) moiety by treatment with a base, e.g. an alkali metal hydroxide salt such as sodium hydroxide.
A compound comprising a halogen atom, e.g. bromo, may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising an optionally substituted aryl, heterocycloalkenyl or heteroaryl moiety by treatment with the appropriately substituted aryl, heterocycloalkenyl or heteroaryl boronic acid or a cyclic ester thereof formed with an organic diol, e.g. pinacol, 1,3 -propanediol or neopentyl glycol. The reaction is typically effected in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, and a base. The transition metal catalyst may be [1,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)fenOcene]dichloropalladium(II). In the alternative, the transition metal catalyst may be tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), which may advantageously be employed in conjunction with 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'- triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos). Suitably, the base may be an inorganic base such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate.
A compound comprising a halogen atom, e.g. bromo, may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety via a two-step procedure which comprises: (i) reaction with bis(pinacolato)diboron; and (ii) reaction of the compound thereby obtained with an appropriately substituted bromoaryl or bromoheteroaryl derivative. Step (i) is conveniently effected in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as [l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)fenOcene]- dichloropalladium(n), and potassium acetate. Step (ii) is conveniently effected in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as [l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)fenOcene]- dichloropalladium(n), and a base, e.g. an inorganic base such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate.
A compound comprising a cyano (-CN) moiety may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising a 1 -ami noethyl moiety by a two-step process which comprises: (i) reaction with methylmagnesium chloride, ideally in the presence of titanium(TV) isopropoxide; and (ii) treatment of the resulting material with a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride. If an excess of methylmagnesium chloride is employed in step (i), the corresponding compound comprising a 1 -amino- 1 -methylethyl moiety may be obtained.
A compound comprising the moiety -S- may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising the moiety -S(0)(NH)- by treatment with (diacetoxyiodo)benzene and ammonium carbamate.
A compound comprising at least one C=C double bond may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising at least one CH-CH single bond by treatment with gaseous hydrogen in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, e.g. palladium on charcoal.
A compound comprising an aromatic nitrogen atom may be converted into the corresponding compound comprising an A-oxide moiety by treatment with a suitable oxidising agent, e.g. 3-chloroperbenzoic acid.
Where a mixture of products is obtained from any of the processes described above for the preparation of compounds according to the invention, the desired product can be separated therefrom at an appropriate stage by conventional methods such as preparative HPLC; or column chromatography utilising, for example, silica and/or alumina in conjunction with an appropriate solvent system.
Where the above-described processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to mixtures of stereoisomers, these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques. In particular, where it is desired to obtain a particular enantiomer of a compound of formula (I) this may be produced from a corresponding mixture of enantiomers using any suitable conventional procedure for resolving enantiomers. Thus, for example, diastereomeric derivatives, e.g. salts, may be produced by reaction of a mixture of enantiomers of formula (I), e.g. a racemate, and an appropriate chiral compound, e.g. a chiral base. The diastereomers may then be separated by any convenient means, for example by crystallisation, and the desired enantiomer recovered, e.g. by treatment with an acid in the instance where the diastereomer is a salt. In another resolution process a racemate of formula (I) may be separated using chiral HPLC. Moreover, if desired, a particular enantiomer may be obtained by using an appropriate chiral intermediate in one of the processes described above. Alternatively, a particular enantiomer may be obtained by performing an enantiomer-specific enzymatic biotransformation, e.g. an ester hydrolysis using an esterase, and then purifying only the enantiomerically pure hydrolysed acid from the unreacted ester antipode. Chromatography, recrystallisation and other conventional separation procedures may also be used with intermediates or final products where it is desired to obtain a particular geometric isomer of the invention.
During any of the above synthetic sequences it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in
Greene ’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, ed. P.G.M. Wuts, John Wiley & Sons, 5th edition, 2014. The protecting groups may be removed at any convenient subsequent stage utilising methods known from the art.
The compounds in accordance with this invention potently inhibit IL-17 induced IL-6 release from human dermal fibroblasts. Indeed, when tested in the HDF cell line assay described below, compounds of the present invention exhibit an ICso value of 1500 nM or less, generally of 500 nM or less, usually of 100 nM or less, typically of 50 nM or less, suitably of 25 nM or less, ideally of 20 nM or less, and preferably of 15 nM or less (the skilled person will appreciate that a lower ICso figure denotes a more active compound).
Inhibition of IL-17 A induced IL-6 release from Dermal Fibroblast Cell Line
The purpose of this assay is to test the neutralising ability to IL-17 proteins, in a human primary cell system. Stimulation of normal human dermal fibroblasts (HDF) with IL-17 alone produces only a very weak signal but in combination with certain other cytokines, such as TNFo, a synergistic effect can be seen in the production of inflammatory cytokines, i.e. IL-6.
HDFs were stimulated with IL-17A (50 pM) in combination with TNF-a (25 pM). The resultant IL-6 response was then measured using a homogenous time-resolved FRET kit from Cisbio. The kit utilises two monoclonal antibodies, one labelled with Eu- Cryptate (Donor) and the second with d2 or XL665 (Acceptor). The intensity of the signal is proportional to the concentration of IL-6 present in the sample (Ratio is calculated by 665/620 x 104).
The ability of a compound to inhibit IL-17 induced IL-6 release from human dermal fibroblasts is measured in this assay.
HDF cells (Sigma #106-05n) were cultured in complete media (DMEM + 10% FCS + 2 mM L-glutamine) and maintained in a tissue culture flask using standard techniques. Cells were harvested from the tissue culture flask on the morning of the assay using TrypLE (Invitrogen #12605036). The TrypLE was neutralised using complete medium (45 mL) and the cells were centrifuged at 300 x g for 3 minutes. The cells were re-suspended in complete media (5 mL) counted and adjusted to a concentration of 3.125 x 104 cells/mL before being added to the 384 well assay plate (Coming #3701) at 40 μL
per well. The cells were left for a minimum of three hours, at 37°C/5% CO2, to adhere to the plate.
Compounds were serially diluted in DMSO before receiving an aqueous dilution into a 384 well dilution plate (Greiner #781281), where 5 μL from the titration plate was transferred to 45μL of complete media and mixed to give a solution containing 10% DMSO.
Mixtures of TNFa and IL-17 cytokine were prepared in complete media to final concentrations of TNFa 25 pM/IL-17A 50 pM, then 30 μL of the solution was added to a 384 well reagent plate (Greiner #781281).
10μL from the aqueous dilution plate was transferred to the reagent plate containing 30μL of the diluted cytokines, to give a 2.5% DMSO solution. The compounds were incubated with the cytokine mixtures for 1 h or 5 h at 37°C (incubation times for specific test compounds are indicated in the Table below). After the incubation, 10μL was transferred to the assay plate, to give a 0.5% DMSO solution, then incubated for 18-20 h at 37°C/5% CO2.
From the Cisbio IL-6 FRET kit (Cisbio #62IL6PEB) europium cryptate and Alexa 665 were diluted in reconstitution buffer and mixed 1 : 1, as per kit insert. To a white low volume 384 well plate (Greiner #784075) were added FRET reagents (10 μL), then supernatant (10μL) was transferred from the assay plate to Greiner reagent plate. The mixture was incubated at room temperature for 3 h with gentle shaking (<400 rpm) before being read on a Synergy Neo 2 plate reader (Excitation: 330 nm; Emission: 615/645 nm).
When tested in the HDF cell line assay as described above, the compounds of the accompanying Examples were found to exhibit the following IC50 values.
The following Examples illustrate the preparation of compounds according to the invention.
EXAMPLES
Tebbe reagent: p-chloro[di(cyclopenta-2,4-dien- 1 -yl)]dimethyl(p-methylene)titanium- aluminium
HATU: l-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-l/f-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5-6]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate XPhos: 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl Pd2(dba)3: tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) h: hour r.t: room temperature M: mass RT: retention time
HPLC: High Performance Liquid Chromatography LCMS: Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectrometry SFC: Supercritical Fluid Chromatography
Analytical Conditions
LCMS methods Method 1
X-Bridge CIS Waters (2.1 x 20 mm, 2.5 pm column)
Column Temperature: 40°C
Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium formate in water + 0.1% formic acid
Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 5% water + 0.1% formic acid Flow rate: 1 mL/minute
Method 2
X-Bridge CIS Waters (2.1 x 20 mm, 2.5 pm column) Column Temperature: 40°C
Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium formate in water + 0.1% formic acid
Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 5% water + 0.1% formic acid
Method 3
Phenomenex Kinetix-XB C18 Part No. 00D-4498-AN (2.1 x 100 mm, 1.7 pm column) Column Temperature: 40°C
Mobile Phase A: water + 0.1% formic acid
Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid
Flow rate: 0.6 mL/minute
Method 4
Gemini NX-C18 (2.1 x 20 mm, 3 pm column)
Column Temperature: 40°C Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium formate in water + 0.1% ammonia solution
Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 5% water + 0.1% ammonia solution
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/minute
Acquity UPLC BEH C18 (2.1 x 50 mm, 1.7 pm column)
Column Temperature: 40°C Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium formate in water + 0.1% ammonia solution
Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 5% water + 0.1% ammonia solution
Flow rate: 1.5 mL/minute
Method 6
Phenomenex Gemini NX-C18 (2 x 20 mm, 3 pm column)
Column Temperature: 40°C
Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium formate in water + 0.1% ammonia solution Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 5% water + 0.1% ammonia solution
Flow rate: 1 mL/minute
Method 7
Waters UPLC® BEH™ C18, Part No. 186002352, 2.1 x 100 mm, 1.7 pm Column Temperature: 40°C Mobile Phase A: 2 mM ammonium bicarbonate, buffered to pH 10
Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile
Flow rate: 0.6 mL/minute
Kinetex Core-Shell CIS, Part No. 00B-4601-AN, 2.1 x 50 mm, 5 pm Column Temperature: 40°C Mobile Phase A: water + 0.1% formic acid
Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid Injection volume: 3μL
Detection signal : UV 215
PDA spectrum: range: 210-420 nm; step: 1 nm
Flow rate: 1.2 mL/minute
Method 9
Waters UPLC® BEH™ CIS, 2.1 x 50 mm, 1.7 pm Column Temperature: 40°C Mobile Phase A: water + 0.1% formic acid Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid
Injection volume: 1 μL
Detection signal : UV 215
PDA spectrum: range: 200-400 nm; step: 1 nm
Flow rate: 0.9 mL/minute
Chiralpak AD-H (4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm column) Column Temperature: 40°C Flow rate: 1.0 mL/minute
Mobile phase: 90:10 heptane:ethanol
Separation Method 2
Waters Xbridge Prep C18 (30 x 150 mm, 10 pm column)
Column Temperature: 40°C
Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate in water + 0.1% ammonia solution Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile + 5% water + 0.1% ammonia solution
Flow rate: 40.0 mL/minute
Separation Method 3 Waters Sunfire C18 (30 x 100 mm, 10 pm column) Column Temperature: room temperature Mobile Phase A: water + 0.1% formic acid
Chiral cel OD-H (4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm column)
Mobile Phase: 85:15 heptane:ethanol
Flow rate: 18.0 mL/minute
INTERMEDIATE 1
tert-Butyl 2-bromoacetate (45.0 mL, 0.31 mol) was added dropwise over 1 h to a slurry of activated zinc (30.2 g, 0.46 mol) in THF (400 mL) at 60°C. An exotherm was observed. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65°C for 1 h, then allowed to cool to room temperature, with settling of the excess zinc. Conversion was assumed to be 100%, and the resulting yellow solution was assumed to be a 0.77M solution in THF.
To a stirred solution of
-tetrabenzyM-bromo-S-fluorobenzene- 1,2- diamine (5.0 g, 8.84 mmol), XPhos (253 mg, 0.53 mmol) and bis[chloro(prop-2-en-l-yl)- palladium] (97 mg, 0.265 mmol) in THF (50 mL) under nitrogen was added Intermediate 1 in THF (0.7M, 25 mL, 17.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50°C for 1.5 h, then cooled to room temperature, quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash
column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-60% DCM in heptanes, to afford the title compound (5.1 g, 91%) as an off-white solid. δH (400 MHz, CDCb) 7.25-7.16 (m, 16H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 4H), 6.81 (t, 78.2 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (dd, 78.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (s, 4H), 4.24 (s, 4H), 3.46 (d, J 1.3 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 601, RT 2.64 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 2 (2.07 g, 3.45 mmol) in THF (18 mL) at room temperature was added LiHMDS solution in THF (1M, 4.1 mL, 4.13 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 2 minutes, then a solution of iodomethane (236 μL, 3.79 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at room temperature, then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with 0.5M hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and brine (15 mL), then dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-20% ethyl acetate in heptanes, to afford the title compound (1.79 g, 80%) as a yellow gum. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.25- 7.14 (m, 12H), 7.14-7.03 (m, 8H), 6.79 (t, 78.3 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, 78.5 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s,
4H), 4.23 (s, 4H), 3.63 (q, 77.2 Hz, 1H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 1.22 (d, 77.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 615, RT 2.68 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 3 (1.69 g, 2.47 mmol) in THF (17 mL) was added lithium aluminium hydride in THF (2.4M, 2.6 mL, 6.19 mmol) drop wise at -5°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Water (2.5 mL) was added, then 15% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.5 mL), followed by water (5 mL). The mixture was dried over magnesium sulfate, then concentrated, to give the title compound (1.45 g, 96%) as a pale yellow oil. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.26-7.06 (m, 20H), 6.80 (t, J 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (t, J5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 4H), 4.23 (s, 4H),
3.47-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.81 (m, 1H), 1.08 (d, 76.9 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 545, RT 2.34 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 5
2-r3.4-Bis(dibenzvlaminoV2-fluorophenvl1propanal
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 4 (1.35 g, 2.21 mmol) in DCM (24 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (1.12 g, 2.65 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then quenched with aqueous potassium iodide: sodium thiosulphate: sodium bicarbonate solution (2:2: 1) (20 mL). The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (15 mL). The organic fractions were combined, passed through a phase separator and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in heptanes, to afford the title compound (1.23 g, 95%) as a yellow oil. δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 9.44 (d, J 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.13 (m, 16H), 7.09-7.04 (m, 4H), 6.80 (t, 78.2 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J
8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 8H), 3.65 (q, 77.1 Hz, 1H), 1.18 (d, 77.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 543, RT 2.44 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 5 (550 mg, 0.93 mmol) in methanol (14 mL) at 0°C was added a solution of dimethyl (l-diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (358 mg, 1.86 mmol) in methanol (2 mL), followed by potassium carbonate (322 mg, 2.33 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, then at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated, then diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-3% ethyl acetate in heptanes, to afford the title compound (437 mg, 78%) as a colourless gum. δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.26-7.15 (m, 12H), 7.15-7.06 (m, 8H), 7.00 (t, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.19 (m, 8H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.10 (d, J2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.24 (t, J 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 539, RT 2.52 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 7
A suspension of 2-azido- 1,1,1 -trifluoroethane (0.5M, 2.6 mL, 1.28 mmol), copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate (16 mg, 0.064 mmol), sodium L-ascorbate (25 mg, 0.13 mmol) and Intermediate 6 (230 mg, 0.43 mmol) in water (3 mL) and tert-butanol (15 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then at 45°C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was heated for a further 38 h at 45°C, during which time additional portions of copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate (48 mg), sodium L-ascorbate (75 mg) and 2-azido- 1,1,1 -trifluoroethane (0.5M, 5.6 mL) were added in five batches. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-
30% ethyl acetate in heptanes, to afford the title compound (182 mg, 59%) as a colourless gum. δH (400 MHz, CDCb) 7.25-7.20 (m, 6H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 11H), 7.12-7.07 (m, 4H), 6.79 (t, 78.3 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (q, 78.3 Hz, 2H), 4.43-4.32 (m, 5H), 4.28 (s, 4H), 1.63 (d, 77.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 664, RT 2.39 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 8
Palladium on charcoal (50% wet with water, 5.0% w/w loading, 39 mg) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 7 (160 mg, 0.22 mmol) and hydrochloric acid (2M, 0.25 mL, 0.5 mmol) in ethanol (4 mL). The reaction mixture was purged and stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 9 using saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution, then filtered. The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (10 mL), then dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with water (10 mL). The aqueous fractions were combined, then extracted with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, then concentrated, to
give the title compound (65 mg, 96%) as a pale brown oil. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.82 (s, 1H), 6.29 (d, JSA Hz, 1H), 6.22 (t, J 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (q, J92 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.36-4.25 (m, 3H), 1.51 (d, 77.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 304, RT 1.39 minutes.
(26.6 mL) at 0°C was added A-(benzyloxycarbonyloxy)succinimide (1.61 g, 6.33 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 h, then diluted with dichloromethane (25 mL) and washed with 5% hydrochloric acid (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The organic extracts were combined, passed through a phase separator and concentrated. Trituration with hexane (50 mL) afforded the title compound (1.99 g, 91%) as a white solid, δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.70 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, J8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43- 7.26 (m, 5H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.00 (dd, 78.7, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.12-1.55 (m, 7H), 1.52-1.19 (m,
2H).
HATU (98 mg, 0.26 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 9 (74 mg, 0.23 mmol), Intermediate 8 (65 mg, 0.21 mmol) and DIPEA (75 μL, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at room temperature. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was washed with water (5 mL), and the aqueous fraction was extracted with ethyl acetate (5 mL). The organic fractions were combined, passed through a phase separator and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 45-60% ethyl acetate in heptanes, to afford the title compound (124 mg, 94%) as a beige solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 613, RT 1.93 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 11
Intermediate 10 (124 mg, 0.20 mmol) was stirred in acetic acid (2 mL) at 60°C for 4 h, then at 50°C for 16 h. The solution was concentrated to afford the title compound (128 mg, 100%) as a brown solid. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 595, RT 3.04 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 11 (120 mg, 0.20 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was added palladium on charcoal (50% wet with water, 5.0% w/w loading, 21 mg). The reaction mixture was purged, and stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at r.t. for 4 h. The mixture was retreated with palladium on charcoal (50% wet with water, 5.0% w/w loading, 21 mg) and stirred at r.t. under hydrogen for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, then concentrated, to give the title compound (89 mg, 81%) as a colourless solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 461, RT 1.55 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of l-bromo-2,3-difluoro-4-nitrobenzene (23.0 g, 96.6 mmol) and potassium carbonate (16.0 g, 116 mmol) in acetonitrile (250 mL) was added TV-benzyl- 1-phenylmethanamine (20.0 mL, 106 mmol). The suspension was stirred at 80°C for 16 h, then re-treated with TV-benzyl- 1 -phenylmethanamine (2.0 mL, 10.4 mmol) and stirred at 80°C for 1 h. The mixture was filtered, then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in heptanes, to afford the title compound (40.9 g, 85%) as an orange solid, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.64 (dd, 78.8, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 78.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.18 (m, 10H), 4.15 (s, 4H). LCMS (Method 1) [M+H]+ m/z 415, 417, RT 2.25 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 14
A mixture of Intermediate 13 (7.00 g, 16.2 mmol), XPhos (2.31 g, 4.85 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (2.22 g, 2.43 mmol) in dry THF (150 mL) was degassed under nitrogen for 2 minutes at room temperature. A solution of bromo(2-tert-butoxy- 1 -methyl-2-oxoethyl)- zinc in THF (0.5M, 97 mL, 48.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 1 h, then cooled to room temperature, quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The organic fractions were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% ethyl acetate in heptanes, followed by acidic reverse phase column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 70-85% acetonitrile in water (with 0.1% formic acid), to afford the title compound (7.24 g, 96%) as an orange oil. δH (500 MHz, CDCh) 7.31 (dd, 78.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 8H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, 78.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.17
(m, 4H), 3.89 (q, 77.2 Hz, 1H), 1.45-1.39 (m, 12H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 465, RT 2.32 minutes.
Intermediate 14 (7.20 g, 15.5 mmol) was stirred in DCM (30 mL) and TFA (30 mL) for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (12.4 g, 100% at 51% purity) as a brown oil. δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.32 (dd, 78.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.15 (m, 11H), 4.16 (d, J 1.2 Hz, 4H), 3.95 (q, 77.2 Hz, 1H),
1.44 (d, 77.3 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 409, RT 2.04 minutes.
HATU (1.10 g, 2.8 mmol) was added to a solution of hydrazine in THF (1M, 4.9 mL, 4.9 mmol), Intermediate 15 (1.00 g, 2.4 mmol) and triethylamine (0.51 mL, 3.7 mmol) in DCM (24 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes,
then DCM (24 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, then washed with water (20 mL). The organic fractions were combined, passed through a phase separator and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane, to afford the title compound (727 mg, 70%) as an orange solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 423, RT 1.39 minutes.
A solution of Intermediate 16 (200 mg, 0.474 mmol), 2,2,2-trifluoroethylamine hydrochloride (131 mg, 0.947 mmol), trimethyl orthoformate (0.08 mL, 0.70 mmol) and acetic acid (0.5 mL, 9.0 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was heated at 80°C under nitrogen for 1 h, then at 130°C for 1 h. 2,2,2-Trifluoroethylamine hydrochloride (196 mg, 1.42 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 130°C for 2 h, then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane, to afford the title compound (59 mg, 17%) as a yellow oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 514, RT 1.53 minutes.
Palladium on charcoal (10% w/w, 40 mg) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 17 (60 mg, 0.082 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL). The reaction mixture was purged and stirred vigorously under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 18 h. Palladium on charcoal (10% w/w, 40 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, washed with ethanol (2x 10 mL) and concentrated. The crude material was re-dissolved in methanol, loaded onto an SCX cartridge and flushed with methanol, followed by 4M ammonia in methanol. The eluent was concentrated to afford the title compound (30.0 mg, 72%, 60% purity). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 304, RT 0.81 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 19
To a stirred solution of (2S)-2-amino-2-(4,4-difluorocyclohexyl)acetic acid hydrochloride (2.0 g, 8.71 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) were added triethylamine (4.3 mL, 30.5 mmol) and.N-(tert-butoxycarbonyloxy)succinimide (1.72 g, 7.83 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, then diluted with DCM (200 mL), 5% hydrochloric acid (2 x 100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic extracts were combined, passed through a phase separator and concentrated. Trituration with hexane (100 mL) afforded the title compound (2.0 g, 78%) as a white solid, δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.60 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (dd, 78.5, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.08-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.54 (m, 5H), 1.51-1.16 (m, 11H).
Intermediate 19 (35 mg, 0.12 mmol) and Intermediate 18 (30 mg, 0.10 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (3 mL), then DIPEA (0.026 mL, 0.15 mmol) and HATU (51 mg, 0.13 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL) and washed with brine (10 mL). The organic fractions were combined, passed through a phase separator and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes, then 0-10% methanol in DCM, to afford the title compound (37 mg, 49%) as a yellow oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 579, RT 1.80 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 20 (37.0 mg, 0.064 mmol) in DCM (1.3 mL) at 40°C was added TFA (0.015 mL, 0.19 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 16 h under
nitrogen. TFA (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The crude material was re-dissolved in methanol, loaded onto an SCX cartridge and flushed with methanol, followed by 4M ammonia in methanol. The eluent was concentrated to afford the title compound (37.0 mg, 89%). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 461, RT 1.23 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 22
Methyl 2-Γ3 -( dibenzvlaminoV2-fluoro-4-nitroDhenvl1acetate
To a solution of Intermediate 68 (15.0 g, 42.3 mmol) and dimethyl malonate (7.4 mL, 63 mmol) in DMF (85 mL) was added potassium carbonate (14.6 g, 106 mmol). The mixture was heated at 60°C for 24 h, then diluted with tert-butyl methyl ether (450 mL) and water (300 mL). The pH was adjusted to ~7 with 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 300 mL), then separated and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in a mixture ofDMSO (170 mL) and water (17 mL). Lithium chloride (5.4 g, 130 mmol) was added to the solution, and the mixture was heated at 115°C for20 h. Water (400 mL) was added to the mixture. The resulting yellow suspension was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (2 x 300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (300 mL) and brine (300 mL), then dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was recrystallised from tert-butyl methyl ether and isohexane to give the title compound (11.26 g, 65%). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 409, RT 2.95 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 23
2-Γ3 -(DibenzvlaminoV2-fluoro-4-nitroDhenvl1acetohvdrazi de
To a suspension of Intermediate 22 (2.31 g, 5.66 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was added hydrazine in THF (1M, 30 mL, 30 mmol). The solution was heated at 60°C and stirred for 16 h. Additional hydrazine in THF (1M, 8 mL, 8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was concentrated and suspended in DCM (30 mL). The suspension was filtered, and the filter cake was dried, to give the title compound (725 mg, 31%) as a yellow solid. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes, to give a
second crop of the title compound (525 mg, 23%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 409, RT 1.29 minutes.
To a suspension of Intermediate 23 (725 mg, 1.78 mmol) in methanol (7 mL) was added triethyl orthoformate (390 μL, 3.6 mmol). The mixture was heated at 70°C in a sealed tube for 6 h, then 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and toluene (2 mL) were added. Another portion of triethyl orthoformate (200 μL, 1.85 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 90°C for 5 h, then divided into two equal halves. To one half (the first portion) was added 2,2,2-trifluoroethylamine hydrochloride (600 mg, 4.34 mmol), and the reaction mixture was maintained at 90°C for 12 h. To the other half (the second portion) were added triethyl orthoformate (200 μL, 1.85 mmol) and 2,2,2-trifluoroethylamine hydrochloride (600 mg, 4.34 mmol), and the reaction mixture was maintained at 90°C for 6 h. The two reaction mixtures were combined and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes, then 0-20% methanol in ethyl acetate, to give the title compound (270 mg, 24%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 500, RT 1.43 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 24 (265 mg, 0.42 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added palladium on charcoal (10% w/w, 80 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 16 h. Palladium on charcoal (10% w/w, 80 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h, then filtered through Celite®, washed with methanol (50 mL) and concentrated, to give the title compound (158 mg, 100%) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 290, RT 0.64 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 26
To a suspension of Intermediate 25 (158 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) at room temperature were added Intermediate 9 (180 mg, 0.55 mmol), DIPEA (200 μL, 1.15 mmol) and HATU (260 mg, 0.66 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, then diluted with water (20 mL) and DCM (30 mL). The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes, to give the title compound (300 mg, 92%) as an orange oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 599, RT 1.00 minute.
To a solution of Intermediate 26 (300 mg, 0.50 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (100μL, 1.32 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 40°C overnight, then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes, and 0-20% methanol in ethyl acetate, to give the title compound (142 mg, 46%) as an orange oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 581, RT 1.00 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 27 (141.7 mg, 0.23 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added palladium on charcoal (10% w/w, 20 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas for 4 h, then filtered through Celite® and washed with ethanol (80 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound (103 mg, 91%) as a yellow foam. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 447, RT 0.78 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 29
Ethvl 2-[3 -( dibenzvlaminoV2-fluoro-4-nitrophenvl1propanoate
To a solution of Intermediate 15 (12.4 g, 0.4 mmol) in ethanol (60.7 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (1.57 g, 15.2 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at 70°C for 18 h, then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic fractions were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated, to afford the title compound (13.1 g, 99%) as an orange oil. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.50 (dd,78.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.16 (m, 11H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 6H), 4.06-3.96 (m, 1H), 1.35 (d, 77.2 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (t, 77.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 437, RT 1.38 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 30
Ethvl 2-( 3 ,4-diamino-2-fluorophenvDpropanoate
To a solution of Intermediate 29 (13.1 g, 30.0 mmol) in ethanol (150 mL) was added palladium on charcoal (10% w/w, 3.2 g). The reaction mixture was purged and stirred vigorously under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 18 h, then filtered through a pad of Celite® and washed with ethanol. The solvent was removed to afford the title compound (6.31 g, 84%) as a red oil. δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 6.33-6.20 (m, 2H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.10-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.73 (q, 77.2 Hz, 1H), 1.30 (d, J 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (t, 77.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 227, RT 0.91 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 30 (6.30 g, 25 mmol) and Intermediate 9 (7.80 g, 24 mmol) in DCM (240 mL) at room temperature were added DIPEA (8.3 mL, 48 mmol) and HATU (11.0 g, 29 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h,
then washed with water (SO mL). The organic fractions were combined, passed through a phase separator and concentrated. The resulting crude pink solid was suspended in DCM (150 mL) and treated with TFA (3.6 mL, 48 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 45°C for 16 h, then washed with water (75 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 75 mL). The combined aqueous washings were extracted with DCM (100 mL). The organic fractions were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in isohexane, to afford the title compound (11.5 g, 84%) as a pink solid, δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.93-12.47 (m, 1H), 8.04-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.24 (m, 6H), 7.11- 7.04 (m, 1H), 5.10-4.94 (m, 2H), 4.71 (t, 78.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16-3.96 (m, 4H), 2.20-1.61 (m,
4H), 1.54-1.27 (m, 5H), 1.27-1.08 (m, 5H). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 518, RT 2.47 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 31 (10.0 g, 19.3 mmol) in ethanol (193 mL) was added palladium on charcoal (10% w/w, 1.77 g). The reaction mixture was purged and stirred vigorously under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 4 h, then filtered through a pad of Celite® and washed with ethanol (100 mL). The solvent was removed to give the title compound (7.06 g, 86%) as a purple oil. δH (300 MHz, DMSO- de) 12.41 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, 78.3 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, 78.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.14-3.99 (m, 3H), 3.87 (d, 76.1 Hz, 1H), 2.09-1.46 (m, 7H), 1.42 (d, 77.2 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.24 (m, 2H), 1.17- 1.07 (m, 3H). Two proton signals not observed. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 384,
RT 0.91 minutes.
To a stirred solution of 2-methylpyrazole-3 -carboxylic acid (1.4 g, 11 mmol) in DMF (42 mL) were added DIPEA (3.8 mL, 42 mmol) and HATU (4.5 g, 11 mmol),
followed by a solution of Intermediate 32 (4.0 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (42 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, then washed with water (75 mL). The organic layer was separated and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 40-100% ethyl acetate in isohexane, to afford the title compound (6.4 g, 100%). δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.84
(d, .776.8 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (dd, .731.3, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, .72.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, .78.3 Hz, 2H), 7.12-7.02 (m, 2H), 5.13 (t, .78.5 Hz, 1H), 4.17-3.95 (m, 6H), 2.39-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.15-1.48 (m, 6H), 1.42 (d, .77.2 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.21 (m, 1H), 1.17 (t, J7.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 492, RT 1.23 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 33 (0.5 g, 0.8 mmol) in ethanol (2.4 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (1.0 mL, 10 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 70°C for 16 h, then concentrated, to give the title compound (400 mg, 100%). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 478, RT 0.92 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 35
n-Butyllithium (1.3M, 7.5 mL, 9.8 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of -tetrabenzy1-4-bromo-3 -fluorobenzene- 1 ,2-diamine (5.0 g, 8.8 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (88 mL) at -78°C under nitrogen. After stirring at -78°C for 40 minutes, a solution of DMF (1.4 mL, 18 mmol) in THF (18 mL) was added dropwise over 5 minutes. After stirring for a further 5 minutes, the mixture was quenched with propan-2- ol (5 mL), then allowed to warm to r.t. The mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and the material was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (3 x 25 mL), then dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated in vacuo, to give the title compound (4.99 g, 99%) as a pale yellow gum. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 515, RT 1.90 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 36
n-Butyllithium (1.3M, 1.3 mL, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 1- (cyclopropylmethyl)- 1 //-imidazole (200 mg, 1.6 mmol) in THF (16 mL) at -78°C under nitrogen. After stirring at -78°C for 45 minutes, chlorotriethylsilane (0.53 mL, 3.1 mmol) was added dropwise. After 15 minutes of stirring, the mixture was allowed to warm to r.t, then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in THF (16 mL) and cooled to -78°C, then sec-butyllithium (2.4 mL, 3.1 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 30 minutes, then a solution of Intermediate 35 (978 mg,
1.7 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was added dropwise. After 30 minutes, the mixture was warmed to r.t, then the solvents were removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), then water (20 mL) and cone. HC1 (5 mL) were added. The mixture was stirred vigorously at r.t. for 17 h, then basified with 2M aqueous NaOH solution and extracted with EtOAc (40 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (30 mL), dried (NaaSCfo) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in heptanes, to afford the title compound (313 mg, 32%) as a pale yellow gum. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 637, RT 1.77 minutes.
Manganese dioxide (855 mg, 9.8 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 36 (313 mg, 0.49 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h, then filtered through Celite® and concentrated in vacuo, to give the title compound (266 mg, 85%) as a pale yellow solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m!z 635, RT 1.87 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 38
Tebbe reagent (1.7 mL, 0.85 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 37 (266 mg, 0.42 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under nitrogen. The mixture was heated at 80°C for 3 h, then allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution (10 mL) and diluted with EtOAc (20 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further diluted with brine (25 mL) and water (50 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in heptanes, then 0-100% EtOAc in MeOH, to give the title compound (236 mg, 89%) as a pale orange solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m!z 633, RT 1.92 minutes.
Intermediate 38 (236 mg, 0.37 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (5 mL), and the solution was placed under N2. Palladium on carbon (198 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added, and the mixture was placed under an atmosphere of H2, then stirred at r.t. for 20 h. Additional palladium on carbon (198 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for a further 3 h, then filtered through Celite® and concentrated in vacuo, to give the title compound (90 mg, 88%) as a pale orange gum. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m!z 275, RT 0.95 minutes.
Intermediate 9 (129 mg, 0.39 mmol) and Intermediate 39 (90 mg, 0.33 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (6.5 mL), then DIPEA (0.09 mL, 0.5 mmol) and HATU (167 mg, 0.43 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 5 h, then diluted with water
(20 mL) and brine (10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried (NaaSCfo) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in heptanes, then 0-100% EtOAc in MeOH, to give the title compound (108 mg, 56%) as a pale orange solid. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 584, RT 1.35 minutes.
Intermediate 40 (108 mg, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and treated with TFA (28μL, 0.37 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed and stirred at 40°C for 5 h, then stirred at room temperature overnight, then stirred for 3 h at 40°C. The mixture was diluted with DCM (2 mL) and toluene (3 mL), then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was stirred in saturated aqueous NaHCCb solution (5 mL) and DCM (5 mL) for 20 minutes. The layers were separated using a phase separator cartridge. The aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo to yield crude title compound (37 mg) as a brown glass, which was utilised without further purification. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 566, RT 2.37 minutes.
Prepared from Intermediate 41 (37 mg, 0.059 mmol), utilising a procedure analogous to that described for Intermediate 32, to yield the title compound (28 mg), which was utilised without further purification. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 432, RT 1.09 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 43
Intermediate 6 (88% purity, 350 mg, 0.57 mmol), 2-azido- 1,1,1 -trifluoroethane in TBME (0.5M, 1.1 mL, 0.57 mmol) and chloro(l, 2,3,4, 5-pentamethylcyclopenta-2,4-dien- 1 -yl)bis(triphenylphosphine)ruthenium (46 mg, 0.057 mmol) were stirred in THF (3 mL) at 60°C for 2 h, then left to stand at r.t. for 2.5 days. The mixture was retreated with 2- azido- 1,1,1 -trifluoroethane in TBME (0.5M, 0.12 mL, 0.058 mmol) and chloro(l,2,3,4,5- pentamethylcyclopenta-2,4-dien- 1 -yl)bis(triphenylphosphine)ruthenium (5.0 mg, 6.28 pmol), then stirred at 60°C for 30 minutes. The mixture was concentrated, then purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 15-35% EtOAc in heptanes, to afford the title compound (297 mg, 67%, 85% purity) as a dark yellow gum. δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.10 (m, 14H), 7.09-7.03 (m, 7H), 6.69-6.58 (m, 2H), 5.38 (dq, J 18.1, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (dq, J 17.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.21 (m, 8H), 1.44 (d, J
7.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 664, RT 2.56 minutes.
Palladium on carbon (50% wet with water, 16.0% w/w loading, 48 mg) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 43 (297 mg, 0.45 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) and 1M HC1 (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred at r.t. overnight, then filtered and concentrated, to afford the title compound (160 mg, quantitative) as a brown gum. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 304, RT 1.54 minutes.
HATU (205 mg, 0.54 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 9 (154 mg, 0.47 mmol), Intermediate 44 (160 mg, 0.45 mmol) and DIPEA (235 μL, 1.35
mmol) in DCM (4 mL) at r.t. The suspension was stirred at r.t. for 3 h, then diluted with water (5 mL). The organic layer was set aside. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (5 mL). The organic fractions were combined, then passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated, to afford the title compound as a red gum, which was utilised without further purification. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 613, RT 1.98 minutes.
Intermediate 45 (250 mg, 0.41 mmol) was stirred in acetic acid (2 mL) at 60°C for 4 h, then at 50°C overnight. The mixture was concentrated, then dissolved in EtOAc (5 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (5 mL). The organic fraction was dried over sodium sulfate, then purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 45-70% EtOAc in heptanes, to afford the title compound (179 mg, 63%, 85% purity) as a pale red solid, δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de)
12.76 (d, J 141.5 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.23 (m, 6H), 7.00- 6.93 (m, 1H), 5.44 (dq, .718.0, 9.1, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.14-4.93 (m, 3H), 4.77-4.59 (m, 2H), 2.14-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.54 (m, 3H), 1.51-1.29 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 595, RT 1.98 minutes.
Palladium on carbon (50% wet with water, 15% w/w loading, 27 mg) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 46 (85% purity, 175 mg, 0.25 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL). The reaction mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred at r.t. for 2 h, then filtered and concentrated, to afford the title compound (122 mg, 91%, 86% purity) as a colourless glass. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 461, RT 1.55 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 48
To a solution of Intermediate 32 (3.14 g, 7.37 mmol, 90% purity) in DMF (36.9 mL) at r.t. were added 4-methyl- 1 ,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (1.04 g, 8.11 mmol), DIPEA (3.85 mL, 22.1 mmol) and HATU (3.03 g, 7.74 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 h, then diluted with water (100 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was re-extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated. The crude residue was diluted with TBME (100 mL) and washed with water (100 mL; then 2 x 50 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in hexanes, then 0-30% MeOH in EtOAc, to give the title compound (3.63 g, 82%, 82% purity) as a sand-coloured solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 494, RT 1.34 minutes.
2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (0.71 mL, 4.0 mmol) was added to a solution of Intermediate 48 (1.20 g, 1.99 mmol, 82% purity) and DIPEA (0.87 mL, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) imder nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 h, then diluted with TBME (75 mL) and washed with water (75 mL; then 2 x 50 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in hexanes, to give a mixture of the title compounds (1.34 g, quantitative, 94% purity) as a pale orange oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 624, RT 1.71 minutes.
INTERMEDIATES 51 & 52
A mixture of Intermediate 49 and Intermediate 50 (1.32 g, 1.99 mmol, 94% purity) was dissolved in ammonia in methanol (7 mol/L, 15 mL), and the flask was sealed. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 days at 60°C, then cooled to r.t. Additional ammonia in methanol (7 mol/L, 15 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was sealed and stirred overnight at 90°C, then at 95°C for a further 3 days, then concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 50-100% EtOAc in hexanes, to give a mixture of the title compounds (0.947 g, 57%, 71% purity) as a pale yellow oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 595, RT 1.44 minutes.
Pyridine (0.33 mL, 4.1 mmol), followed by trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.22 mL, 1.5 mmol), were added to a mixture of Intermediate 51 and Intermediate 52 (0.852 g, 1.01 mmol, 71% purity) in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL) trader nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 minutes, then diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and washed with water (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give a mixture of the title compounds (0.778 g, quantitative, 75% purity) as a pale yellow oil, which was utilised without further purification. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 577, RT 1.61 minutes.
INTERMEDIATES 55 & 56
Ammonium chloride (99.3 mg, 1.86 mmol), followed by sodium azide (122 mg, 1.86 mmol), were added to a mixture of Intermediate 53 and Intermediate 54 (0.357 g,
0.464 mmol, 75% purity) in DMF (9.3 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 100°C, then cooled to room temperature. Additional ammonium chloride (99.3 mg, 1.86 mmol) and sodium azide (122 mg, 1.86 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for a further 4 days, then diluted with DCM (25 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL). The aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in hexanes, to give a mixture of the title compounds (130 mg, 45%) as a pale yellow oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 620, RT 1.16 minutes.
To a suspension of potassium carbonate (61 mg, 0.44 mmol) in a solution of a mixture of Intermediate 55 and Intermediate 56 (125 mg, 0.20 mmol) in acetone (2.5 mL) was added 2,2,2-triAuoroethyl triAuoromethanesulfonate (59 mg, 0.24 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 45°C overnight with stirring, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was puriAed by column chromatography to afford a mixture of Intermediates 57 & 58 (37 mg, 26%) and a mixture of Intermediates 59 & 60 (59 mg, 41%).
Mixture of Intermediates 57 & 58: LCMS (Method 6): [M+H]+ m/z 702, RT 3.07, 3.13 minutes (SEM regioisomers split).
Mixture of Intermediates 59 & 60: LCMS (Method 6): [M+H]+ m/z 702, RT 3.29 minutes.
Intermediate 15 (2.44 g, 6.0 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and toluene (40 mL), and (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2 mol/L) in hexanes (10 mL) was added dropwise at r.t. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 12 h, then the volatiles were evaporated. The residue was puriAed using a 50g silica column, eluting with 0- 100% EtOAc in hexanes, to afford the title compound (2.54 g, 100%) as a yellow oil. δH
(400 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.51 (dd, 78.5, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.12 (m, 11H), 4.14 (s, 4H), 4.04 (q, 77.1 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 1.37 (d, 77.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 423, RT 1.66 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 61 (2.57 g, 6.08 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) under N2 was added palladium on carbon (300 mg). The reaction mixture was subjected to vacuum and backfilled with N2, then subjected to vacuum and backfilled three times with Hz. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h, then filtered through Celite®. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound (1.1 g, 85%) as a brown oil, which was utilied without further purification. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 6.33-6.13 (m, 2H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.76 (q, 77.2 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 1.31 (d, 77.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 213, RT 0.84 minutes.
Intermediate 62 (1.1 g, 5.2 mmol) was mixed with Intermediate 19 (1.7 g, 5.8 mmol) and HATU (2.2 g, 5.6 mmol), and dissolved completely in DCM (10 mL). DIPEA (2.7 mL, 16 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at r.t. for 2 h, then diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine (total 300 mL). The organic layers were dried and evaporated. The resulting brown oil was heated in acetic acid (20 mL) at 70°C for 2 h, then the volatiles were evaporated. The residue was purified using a silica gel 50g column, eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in hexanes, to afford the title compound (2.15 g, 88%) as a clear yellow oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 470, RT 1.36 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 64
Intermediate 63 (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and water (3 mL). Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (177 mg, 4.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 h, then the solvent was mostly evaporated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water, then the aqueous layer was extracted twice with 1 : 1 chloroform/propan-2-ol . The organic layers were combined, then evaporated, to yield the title compound (326 mg, 67%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 456, RT 0.95 minutes.
Intermediate 64 (326 mg, 0.71 mmol) was mixed with HATU (308 mg, 0.78 mmol), and the solids were dissolved in DCM (5 mL). DIPEA (0.4 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added, followed by 5-fluoro-2-hydrazinylpyridine (96 mg, 0.71 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 minutes. The volatiles were evaporated, extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layers were dried, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash silica chromatography, eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in hexanes, to afford the title compound (350 mg, 86%) as a sticky oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 565, RT 1.125 minutes.
Intermediate 65 (350 mg, 0.62 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and triethylamine (0.35 mL) was added, followed by triphenylphosphine (325 mg, 1.2 mmol) and hexachloroethane (300 mg, 1.25 mmol), at 0°C in an ice bath. The ice bath was removed after the addition, and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. The white
solids (triphenylphosphine oxide) were removed by filtration through Celite®, then the solvent was removed. The residue was purified by flash silica chromatography, eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in hexanes, then 0-100% MeOH in EtOAc, to afford the title compound (180 mg, 53%) as a yellow oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 547, RT 1.22 minutes.
Intermediate 66 (180 mg, 0.32 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (3 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h, then the volatiles were evaporated. The residue was loaded onto a SCX-2 column and washed with MeOH, then eluted with 4N ammonia in MeOH, to afford the title compound (100 mg, 68%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 447, RT 0.98 minutes.
To a stirred solution of 2,3,4-trifluoronitrobenzene (200 g, 1.13 mol) in acetonitrile (2 L) were added DIPEA (296 g, 2.29 mol) and dibenzylamine (245 g, 1.20 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 65°C for 18 h, then TBME (2 L) and water (1 L) were added. The phases were separated, and the organic fractions were washed with water (1 L), 5% HC1 solution (1.6 L), 50% brine (1 L) and brine (600 mL). The organic fraction was dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in TBME (500 mL) with heating, and isohexane (700 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to cool to r.t., and crystallisation afforded the title compound (310 g, 77%). δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.69 (ddd, J9.3, 5.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.19 (m, 10H), 4.20 (s, 4H).
INTERMEDIATE 69
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 22 (10.60 g, 26.0 mmol) in THF was added NaH (60%, 1.15 g, 28.6 mmol) in one portion at -10°C. The mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, then a solution of 2,2-difluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (3.6 mL, 27.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture allowed to warm to r.t. and stirred for 18 h, then quenched with saturated aqueous NHtCl solution (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL) and dried over MgSCh, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was separated by flash column chromatography, eluting with EtO Ac/heptane (0- 100% gradient), to afford the title compound (7.4 g, 59%) as a yellow-orange solid, δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 7.53 (dd, 78.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.13 (m, 11H), 5.97 (tt, 756.1, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.06 (m, 5H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.23 (dtdd, 719.2, 15.2, 8.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H). LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 473, RT 3.66 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 69 (3180 mg, 6.73 mmol) in THF (50 mL) and methanol (3 mL) was added sodium tetrahydridoborate (1019 mg, 26.9 mmol). The mixture was slowly heated, then heated at 70°C for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath, and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic fractions were combined and dried (MgSCfo), then the solvent was removed, to give the title compound (3.27 g) as an orange gum. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 445, RT 2.12 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 70 (2.99 g, 6.73 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) at 0°C were added N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (41 mg, 0.336 mmol), pyridine (0.95 mL, 11.8
mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.72 mL, 10.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 2 minutes, then at r.t. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and retreated with pyridine (0.95 mL, 11.8 mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.72 mL, 10.1 mmol). The ice bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and re-treated with pyridine (0.95 mL, 11.8 mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.72 mL, 10.1 mmol). The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h, then diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (25 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (20 mL), then dried (MgSCh).
The solvent was removed. Purification of the resulting orange oil by column chromatography (lOg SNAP-Duo, Isolera, 0-20% EtO Ac/isohexane over 10 column volumes) gave the title compound (3.08 g, 94%) as an orange oil. δH (500 MHz, CDCb) 7.32 (dd, 78.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.19 (m, 10H), 6.98 (dd, 78.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (tdd, J 56.2, 5.7, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (d, 73.7 Hz, 4H), 3.47 (dq, 79.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.31-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.27 (m, 1H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 487, RT 2.23 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 71 (3.07 g, 6.31 mmol) in ethyl acetate (30 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added Pd/C (10%, 672 mg, 0.631 mmol). The flask was evacuated and placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 18 h. The solid residues were filtered off through Celite®, and the solvent was removed, to give the title compound (1.75 g, 94%) as a pink gum. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 6.39-6.25 (m, 2H), 5.85 (tt, J 56.7, 5.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.12 (dd, J 10.7, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.07-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H). LCMS (Method 1):
To a solution of Intermediate 9 (1.94 g, 5.92 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added DIPEA (1.7 mL, 9.47 mmol) and HATU (2.70 g, 7.10 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes, then Intermediate 72 (94%, 1.74 g, 5.92 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h, then water (30 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated and dried (MgSCfo), then the solvent was removed. Purification of the residue by column chromatography (50g SNAP-Duo, Isolera, 0-30% EtOAc/i sohexane over 10 column volumes) gave the title compound (3.79 g) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 586, RT 2.01 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 73 (3.42 g, 5.84 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added TFA (0.87 mL, 11.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50°C for 18 h, then cooled to 0°C and quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution. The organic layer was separated and dried (MgSCfo), and the solvent was removed. Purification of the resulting oil by column chromatography (50g SNAP-Duo, Isolera, 0-50% EtOAc/iso- hexane over 10 column volumes) gave a first batch of the title compound (100% purity) (1.74 g, 52%) and a second batch of the title compound (84% purity) (1.17g, 35%). LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 568, RT 3.20 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 74 (1.74 g, 3.07 mmol) in methanol (15.2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (2.12 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 h, then water (20 mL) was added, followed by DCM (30 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the
aqueous layer was further extracted with DCM (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSCfo), then the solvent was removed, to give the title compound (1.62 g, 100%) as an oil. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 526, RT 2.89 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 75 (1.62 g, 3.08 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) at 0°C was added Dess-Martin periodinane (1.57 g, 3.70 mmol). The ice bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for 3 h, then quenched with 50% saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution/saturated NaHCCh solution (25 mL) for 20 minutes. The organic layer was separated and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution (15 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgSCh), and the solvent was removed. The resulting solid was dissolved in EtOAc (70 mL) and washed with brine (2x 15 mL), then dried (MgS04).
The solvent was removed to give the title compound (1.51 g, 94%) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 524, RT 1.97 minutes.
To a suspension of Intermediate 76 (250 mg, 0.478 mmol) in anhydrous MeOH (3 mL) was added DCM (1 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C, and dimethyl (l-diazo-2- oxopropyl)phosphonate (0.13 mL, 0.860 mmol) and potassium carbonate (165 mg, 1.19 mmol) were added. The mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. and stirred for 18 h, then the solvent was removed. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (15 mL) and water (15 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with EtOAc (10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04) and the solvent was removed. Purification of the resulting brown solid by column chromatography (lOg SNAP-Duo, Isolera, 0-40% EtOAc/i sohexane over 10 column volumes) gave the title compound (187mg, 75%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 520, RT 3.30 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 78
To a solution of Intermediate 77 (300 mg, 0.577 mmol) in anhydrous THF (8 mL) were added 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl azide in TBME (0.5M, 1.4 mL, 0.693 mmol) and chloro- (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl)(cyclooctadiene)ruthenium(II) (22 mg, 0.0577 mmol). The brown mixture was heated at 60°C for 2 h, then the solvent was removed. Purification of the brown residue by column chromatography (lOg SNAP-Duo, Isolera, 0-50% EtOAc/ isohexane over 10 column volumes) gave the title compound (345 mg, 93%) as a brown solid. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 645, RT 3.18 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 78 (345 mg, 0.535 mmol) in ethanol (4 mL) under nitrogen was added palladium (50% wet with water) (10%, 57 mg, 0.0535 mmol). The mixture was evacuated and placed under a hydrogen atmosphere for 3 h. The solid residues were filtered off through Celite®, and the solvent was removed, to give the title compound (278 mg) as a brown solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 511, RT 1.61 minutes.
A solution of N-diazosulfamoyl fluoride (154 mg, 1.23 mmol) in TBME (4 mL) was diluted with DMF (1.5 mL), then added to solid 2,2-difluoroethanamine (108 mg, 1.34 mmol), followed by aqueous potassium hydrogen carbonate solution (3M, 1.6 mL,
4.92 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h, then diluted with water (3 mL) and extracted with TBME (2x 3 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 5 mL) and brine (10 mL), then dried over sodium sulfate,
filtered and partially concentrated under reduced pressure (20°C, 200 mbar), to afford a crude solution containing the title compound in 26% yield (1.7% title compound, 97.6% TBME, 0.7% DMF w/w). δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 6.23 (tt, J54.8, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (td, J 16.3, 3.2 Hz, 2H).
To a solution of Intermediate 77 (400 mg, 0.770 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) were added Intermediate 80 (~3%, 99 mg, 0.924 mmol) and chloro(pentamethyl- cyclopentadienyl)(cyclooctadiene)ruthenium(n) (29 mg, 0.077 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 2 h. Another portion of Intermediate 80 (~3%, 50 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated for a further 1 h. Another portion of Intermediate 80 (~3%, 25 mg, 0.23 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated for a further 1 h, then the solvent was removed. Purification of the resulting brown gum by column chromatography (lOg SNAP-Duo, Isolera, 0-70 % EtOAc/iso- hexane over 10 column volumes) gave the title compound (351 mg, 75%) as a brown solid. LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 627, RT 3.06 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 81 (351 mg, 0.560 mmol) in ethanol (4 mL) under nitrogen was added 10% palladium on carbon (50% wet with water) (60 mg, 0.0560 mmol). The mixture was evacuated and placed under a hydrogen atmosphere for 3 h.
The solid residues were filtered off through Celite®, and the solvent was removed, to give the title compound (398 mg) as a brown solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 493, RT 1.55 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 83
A three-neck flask was charged with Intermediate 68 (33 g, 93.1283 mmol), potassium carbonate (64.4 g, 466 mmol) and a solution of 1,3 -diethyl 2-(2,2,2-trifluoro- ethyl)propanedioate (56.1 g, 232 mmol) in DMF (200 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred and heated at 90°C (heating block; 80-82°C internal temperature) for 19 h, then cooled to r.t, poured into water and extracted with TBME (2 L). The aqueous washings were re-extracted with TBME (1L), then the combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (SNAP 750 g, 0-10% EtOAc in hexane) afforded the title compound (57.6 g) as an orange oil. δH (300 MHz, CDCb) 7.57 (dd, 78.8, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 78.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 10H), 4.41-4.23 (m, 4H), 4.16 (t, 71.6 Hz, 4H), 3.22 (q, 710.4 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (t, 77.1 Hz, 6H).
To a solution of Intermediate 83 (57.6 g, 95.8 mmol) in THF (383 mL) were added water (38.3 mL) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (16.1 g, 384 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 45°C (heating block; internal temperature 40°C) for 17 h, then cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (2 L) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 1 L). The organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in ethanol (192 mL), and sulfuric acid (10.7 mL, 191 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to a gentle reflux (heating block at 100°C; internal temperature 78-80°C) for 4.5 h, then cooled to r.t. and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in EtOAc (1 L) and washed with water (1 L). The aqueous washings were re-extracted with EtOAc (500 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (SNAP
750 g, 5% EtOAc in hexane, then 5-15% EtOAc in hexane) afforded the title compound (41 g, 79.9%) as an orange oil. δH (300 MHz, CDCb) 7.36 (dd, 78.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33- 7.21 (m, 10H), 7.07 (dd, 78.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.08 (m, 7H), 3.07 (dqd, 715.2, 10.6,
6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dqd, J 15.2, 10.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.24 (t, 77.1 Hz, 3H).
INTERMEDIATE 85 2-Γ3 -(DibenzvlaminoV2-fluoro-4-nitroDhenvn-4.4.4-trifluorobutan- 1 -ol
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 84 (7.50 g, 14.9 mmol) and sodium tetrahydridoborate (2.25 g, 59.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (150 mL) at 70°C was added methanol (7.5 mL) in three portions. The reaction mixture was heated for 1 h, then cooled in an ice bath. Half-saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) was added, then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The organic fractions were combined, then dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure, to give the title compound (6.865 g, 88%) as an orange gum, which was utilised without further purification. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 463, RT 2.1 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 86
12-Γ3 -(DibenzvlaminoV2-fluoro-4-nitroDhenvn-4.4.4-trifluorobutvl 1 acetate
To an externally cooled (~0°C) stirred solution of Intermediate 85 (88%, 6.87 g, 13.1 mmol) and N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (80 mg, 0.653 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (120 mL) were added pyridine (1.8 mL, 22.9 mmol), then acetyl chloride (1.4 mL, 19.6 mmol), dropwise. After 1 minute, the external cooling was removed. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h, then re-treated with pyridine (1.8 mL, 22.9 mmol) and acetyl chloride (1.4 mL, 19.6 mmol) and stirred over the weekend. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL), then water (20 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (2x 15 mL). The organic layers were combined, passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-20% EtOAc in heptanes, to give the title compound (6.37 g, 97%) as an orange oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 505, RT 2.26 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 87
Palladium on carbon (50% wet with water) (10%, 1343 mg, 1.26 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 86 (6.37 g, 12.6 mmol) in ethyl acetate (80 mL) and 1M aqueous HC1 (118 μL, 0.118 mmol). The reaction mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred at r.t. overnight. The mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (81% purity) (3.84 g, 84%) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M-AcOH+H]+ m/z 235, RT 1.64 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 9 (4.28 g, 13.1 mmol) in DCM (45 mL) was added DIPEA (3.7 mL, 20.9 mmol) at r.t, followed by HATU (5.96 g, 15.7 mmol). After 5 minutes, a solution of Intermediate 87 (3.84 g, 13.1 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, then water (50 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (10 mL). The organic layers were combined, passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dry-loaded onto a 350 g, Sfar Duo column, eluting with 10-35% EtOAc in heptanes, to give the title compound (72% purity) (7.98 g, 73%) as a brown solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 604, RT 2.04 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 88 (72%, 7.98 g, 9.52 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) was added TFA (1.4 mL, 19.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 40°C for 5 h. To the cooled reaction mixture was added saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution (50 mL), then the organic layer was separated off. The aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (2x 15 mL). The organic layers were combined, passed through a hydrophobic frit
and concentrated in vacuo. The crude solid was purified using column chromatography (350 g Sfar Duo column), eluting with a gradient of EtOAc in heptane (0-100%), to afford the title compound (86% purity) (3.80 g, 59%) as a pink solid, δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.91-12.54 (m, 1H), 8.03-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.21 (m, 7H), 5.10-4.97 (m, 2H), 4.77-4.66 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.64 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.72 (m, 2H),
2.17-1.93 (m, 6H), 1.92-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.26 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 586, RT 2.03 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 89 (86%, 3.80 g, 5.58 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (30 mL) was added potassium carbonate (532 mg, 3.85 mmol) at r.t. After 18 h, the volatiles were concentrated in vacuo, then EtOAc (50 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL) were added. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was reextracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over magnesium sulfate, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo, to afford the title compound (87% purity) (3.77 g, 108%) as a pink solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 544, RT 1.93 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 90 (87%, 3.77 g, 6.03 mmol) in DCM (65 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (3.07 g, 7.25 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2.5 h, then saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution (50 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated off, and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The organic layers were combined, passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was suspended in ethyl acetate, and filtered. The filtrate was dry-loaded onto a 100 g Sfar Duo column. The material was purified, eluting with a
gradient ofEtOAc in heptane (30-60%), to afford the title compound (79% purity) (2.96 g, 72%) as a pink solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 542, RT 2.01 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 91 (79%, 2.96 g, 4.32 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (30 mL) and DCM (10 mL) at 0°C was added dimethyl (l-diazo-2-oxopropyl)- phosphonate (1.49 g, 7.77 mmol), followed by potassium carbonate (1.49 g, 10.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, then at r.t. overnight. The mixture was retreated with dimethyl (l-diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (0.30 g, 1.56 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.30 g, 2.17 mmol), and stirred at r.t. for another 3 h, then concentrated under vacuum, diluted with water (60 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 40 mL). The organic fractions were combined and concentrated. The residue was dry- loaded onto a 100 g Sfar Duo column, eluting with 25-45% EtOAc in heptane, to afford the title compound (90% purity) (1.98 g, 77%) as a white solid, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.05-12.50 (m, 1H), 8.03-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.44-6.93 (m, 7H), 5.03 (q, J 12.6 Hz, 2H), 4.72 (t, 78.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 1H), 3.02-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.54 (m, 7H), 1.54-1.30 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 538, RT 2.06 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 92 (100 mg, 0.186 mmol) and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl azide in TBME (0.5M, 0.45 mL, 0.223 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added chloro- (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl)(cyclooctadiene)ruthenium(n) (7.1 mg, 0.0186 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C under microwave irradiation for 2 h, then the solvent was removed. The crude material was purified by column chromatography, eluting with 0-75% EtOAc in heptanes, to give the title compound (111 mg, 90%) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 663, RT 2.01 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 94
Palladium (50% wet with water) (5.0%, 35 mg, 0.0166 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 93 (110 mg, 0.166 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL). The reaction mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred at r.t. for 5 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite®, and concentrated under reduced pressure, to give the title compound (77 mg, 88%) as a brown solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 529, RT 1.64 minutes.
A solution of Intermediate 92 (145 mg, 0.270 mmol), Intermediate 80 in TBME (1.7%, 2014 mg, 0.320 mmol) and chloro(pentamethylcyclopentadienylXcyclooctadiene)- ruthenium(n) (10 mg, 0.027 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) was heated at 60°C for 1.5 h. Separately, a solution of Intermediate 92 (470 mg, 0.874 mmol), Intermediate 80 in TBME (2.7%, 7128 mg, 1.80 mmol) and chloro(pentamethylcyclopentadienyl)-
(cyclooctadiene)ruthenium(II) (50 mg, 0.131 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was heated at 60°C for 2 h. The two reaction mixtures were combined, then dry-loaded onto a 50 g, Sfar duo column and eluted with 45-70% EtOAc in heptanes, to give the title compound (94% purity) (594 mg, 99%) as a brown gum. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.02-12.62 (m, 1H), 8.14-8.09 (m, 1H), 8.00-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.24 (m, 5H), 7.13-7.04
(m, 1H), 6.48-6.16 (m, 1H), 5.11-4.66 (m, 5H), 4.60-4.43 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.61 (m, 7H), 1.55-1.21 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H f m/z 645, RT 1.97 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 96
Palladium on carbon (50% wet with water) (5.0%, 92 mg, 0.0433 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 95 (94%, 594 mg, 0.866 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL). The reaction mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred at r.t. for 3 h. The mixture was filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure, to give the title compound (82% purity) (422 mg, 78%) as a brown gum. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 511, RT 1.58 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 84 (10.00 g, 19.8 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) was added 10% palladium on charcoal (50% wet) (5.0%, 3.00 g, 1.41 mmol). The reaction mixture was evacuated with nitrogen gas three times, then placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas and stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the solvent was removed in vacuo, to afford the title compound (5.85 g, 95% yield corrected for estimated 95% purity) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 295, RT 1.73 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 97 (95%, 5.85 g, 18.9 mmol), Intermediate 9 (6.49 g, 19.8 mmol) and pyridine (6.1 mL, 75.5 mmol) in ethyl acetate (70 mL), cooled in an ice bath, was added T3P® (50% in EtOAc) (50%, 28 mL, 47.2 mmol) dropwise, maintaining the temperature below 10°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h, then diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL), cooled to 0°C and quenched with 1M hydrochloric acid (75 mL). The aqueous phase was removed and the organic phase was washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), then dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in heptane (5-50%), to afford the title compound (7.79 g, 53% yield corrected for estimated 77% purity) as a pink solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 604, RT 2.04 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 98 (75%, 7.80 g, 9.69 mmol) in DCM (150 mL) was added TFA (1.4 mL, 19.4 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for 20 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 mL) and water (50 mL), then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in heptane (5-50%), to afford the title compound (4.90 g, 86%) as a beige solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 586, RT 2.05 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 99 (4.75 g, 8.11 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) and THF (8 mL) under nitrogen was added palladium on carbon (10 mass %, 850 mg, 0.799 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under a hydrogen balloon overnight at r.t, then filtered through celite and concentrated. The residue was purified on a KP-H column (“Amino-D”), eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in hexane, followed by 0-100% MeOH in EtOAc, to afford the title compound (2.7 g, 74%) as a yellow oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 452, RT 1.28 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 101
To a solution of 4-methyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (680 mg, 5.31 mmol) and DIPEA (2.32 mL, 13.3 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added HATU (2 g, 5.10 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 minutes, then a solution of Intermediate 100 (100 mass %, 2.00 g, 4.43 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added. After stirring at ambient temperature overnight, the volatiles were evaporated. The resulting material was dissolved in EtOAc, then washed with water and brine, and concentrated. The residues was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with a 0-100% gradient of EtOAc in isohexane, followed by 0-100% MeOH in EtOAc, to afford the title compound (1.8 g). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 562, RT 1.41 minutes.
Intermediate 101 (1.50 g, 2.67 mmol) was dissolved in THF (13 mL) and water (2 mL). Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (354 mg, 8.01 mmol) was added at r.t. and stirred overnight. Additional lithium hydroxide monohydrate (354 mg, 8.01 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 3 h, then for 3 days at r.t. The THF was evaporated, and the aqueous layer was acidified with 2N HC1 until solids precipitated out. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc, then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated, to afford the title compound (1.4 g, 98%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 534, RT 0.96 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 103
Intermediate 102 (150 mg, 0.281 mmol) was mixed with HATU (120 mg, 0.306 mmol), and the solids were dissolved in DCM (4 mL). DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) was added, followed by 6-hy drazinopyridine-3 -carbonitrile (42 mg, 0.313 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then the solvent was removed. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in isohexane, to afford the title compound (130 mg, 71%) as a colourless oil. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 650, RT 1.29 minutes.
To a stirred, nitrogen degassed suspension of Intermediate 69 (97%, 12.57 g, 25.8 mmol) in EtOH (250 mL) was added palladium on carbon (50% wet) (10%, 2.69 g, 2.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was placed under hydrogen gas and stirred for approximately 18 h, then filtered through Celite®, rinsing through with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane (0-100%), to afford the title compound (6.31 g, 89%) as a dark red oil. δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 6.35-6.25 (m, 2H), 6.10-5.81 (m, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.87 (t, 77.4 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 2.65- 2.51 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.07 (m, 1H). LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 263, RT 1.77 minutes.
To an externally cooled (approximately 0°C) suspension of Intermediate 9 (6.15 g, 18.8 mmol) in DCM (90 mL) was added DIPEA (8.5 mL, 48.7 mmol) dropwise over 2 minutes, then HATU (9.91 g, 26.1 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred
for 15 minutes, then a solution of Intermediate 104 (97%, 5.25 g, 19.4 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added over 5 minutes. After stirring for a further 5 minutes, the external cooling was removed. After stirring for 18 h at r.t, a 1:1 mixture of water and brine (200 mL) was added. The mixture was left for 10-15 minutes, then filtered. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 25 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (50 mL), then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in heptane (0-100%), to afford the title compound (11.77 g, 90% yield corrected for 85% purity) as an off-white solid. δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 9.50 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.06 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (t, 78.0 Hz, 1H), 6.18-5.87 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.95 (s,
2H), 4.13 (t, 77.9 Hz, 1H), 4.08-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.72-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.63 (m, 5H), 1.48-1.27 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 572, RT 3.22 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 106
Methvl 2-i2- -benzvloxvcarbonvlaminof4.4-difluorocvclohexvDmethvll-4-fluoro-l/f-
benzimidazol-5-vl 1 -4.4-difluorobutanoate
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 105 (11.77 g, 20.6 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) was added TFA (3.0 mL, 40.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 40°C for 18 h. To the cooled reaction mixture was added saturated aqueous NaHCCb solution (4 x 25 mL), and the mixture was left for 5-10 minutes. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 25 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (50 mL), then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in heptane (0-100%). The material was further purified by sonicating in a mixture of diethyl ether (10 mL) and heptane (60 mL). The solid was filtered off, then washed with heptane (30 mL) and dried, to afford the title compound (7.48 g, 58% yield corrected for a purity of 88%) as a white solid. δH (500 MHz, CD3OD) 7.43-6.83 (m, 7H), 6.01-5.70 (m, 1H), 5.18-5.00 (m, 2H), 4.78 (d, 78.0 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, 77.4 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.19-
1.88 (m, 4H), 1.87-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.26 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 554, RT 3.20 minutes.
Intermediate 106 (100 mg, 0.181 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL), and the reaction mixture was cycled between vacuum and nitrogen three times. Palladium on carbon (10% loading, 50% water) (77 mg, 0.0361 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was cycled between vacuum and hydrogen three times, then stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 16 h at r.t. The resulting material was filtered through Celite®, and the solids were washed with EtOH (3 x 30 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated, then azeotroped with toluene (3 x 3 mL) under vacuum, to afford the title compound (crude) (91 mg) as a pale tan gum containing trace solvent. LCMS (Method
1): [M+H]+ m/z 420, RT 1.58 minutes.
HATU (1.24 g, 3.26 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-methyl- 1 ,2,5-oxadiazole- 3-carboxylic acid (0.42 g, 3.26 mmol) and DIPEA (1.4 mL, 8.15 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) at r.t. The resulting materialwas sonicated for 5 minutes and stirred for 10 minutes at r.t, then a solution of Intermediate 107 (95%, 1.20 g, 2.72 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 days, then diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent was removed. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in heptane, to afford the title compound (1.10 g, 76%) as a tan gum. δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.35 (d, J8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J
8.3, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (tt, 74.6 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, 77.5 Hz, 1H),
3.67 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.17-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.95- 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.40 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 1): [M+H f m/z 530, RT 1.90 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 109
A mixture of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (268 mg, 6.23 mmol) and Intermediate 108 (1.10 g, 2.08 mmol) in THF (24 mL), water (4 mL) and methanol (7 mL) was stirred at 40°C for 8 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to low volume in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and 2M aqueous HC1 was added until pH 2 was achieved. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate, then filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuo, to afford the title compound (1070 mg, 96%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 516, RT 1.81 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 109 (170 mg, 0.330 mmol) and 5- hydrazinopyrazine-2-carbonitrile (49 mg, 0.363 mmol) in ethyl acetate (4.25 mL) were added pyridine (0.12 mL, 1.48 mmol) and T3P® (0.24 mL, 0.825 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 90 minutes, then the solvent was removed. The residue was purified by reverse-phase column chromatography, eluting with 0-60% acetonitrile in water, to afford the title compound (102 mg, 49%) as a yellow gum. LCMS (Method 7): [M+H]+ m/z 633, RT 2.91 minutes.
To 6-bromopyridine-2, 3-diamine (100 g, 521.1 mmol) was added a solution of di- tert-butyl dicarbonate (126.5 g, 573.8 mmol) in ethanol (550 mL), followed by guanidine
hydrochloride (5.6 g, 58 mmol). The mixture was heated at 50°C for 21 h, then cooled to ambient temperature. The precipitate was filtered off, then washed with ethanol (100 mL) and isohexane (300 mL) and dried, to afford the title compound (125.6g, 84%) as a crystalline tan powder. δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, 78.0 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, 78.0 Hz, 1H), 6.24 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
To a mixture of Intermediate 111 (25.00 g, 86.76 mmol) and Intermediate 9 (30.5 g, 93.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and pyridine (28 mL, 346 mmol) in an ice bath was added T3P® (130 mL, 220.6 mmol) dropwise over 20 minutes. After 15 minutes, the material was removed from the ice bath and stirred at r.t. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and diluted with IN HC1 (100 mL), then the phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine (100 mL) and water (100 mL), then dried in a phase separator. The solvent was removed. The crude solid was suspended in TBME (300 mL) and heated at reflux with stirring for 1 h, then cooled to r.t. with stirring. The solids were filtered off, then washed with TBME (60 mL) and isohexane (20 mL) and dried under vacuum, to give the title compound (26.56 g, 50.2%) as a white solid, δH (300 MHz, DMSO-de) 10.87 (s, 1H), 8.15-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.79 (d, 77.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, 7 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.28 (m, 5H), 5.07 (d, 71.5 Hz, 2H), 4.27 (t, 77.4 Hz, 1H), 2.28-1.63 (m, 9H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 112 (8.00 g, 12.7 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) were added TFA (10 mL, 132.3 mmol) and water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 6 h, then cooled to r.t. and poured into ice-cold saturated NaHCCh solution (120 mL). Solid NaHCCh was added until effervescence subsided. Water (50 mL) was added, and the phases were separated. The organic phase was dried (phase
separator) and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude solid was dissolved in TBME by heating at 55°C for 45 minutes. The solution was cooled to r.t. with stirring, then cooled in an ice bath for 1 h to initiate precipitation, and left at r.t. overnight. The solids were filtered off, then washed with isohexane, to afford the title compound (5.63 g, 88%) as a dull white solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 479/481, RT 1.08 minutes.
Intermediate 113 (1.00 g, 2.09 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (15 mL) and cooled to 0°C. Sodium hydride (209 mg, 5.22 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, then [2-(chloromethoxy)ethyl]trimethylsilane (923μL , 5.22 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1.5 h, then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 mL). The organic fractions were combined and washed with saturated brine (2 x 15 mL), then dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compounds (1.5 g, 92%) as a colourless oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 739, 741, RT 2.50, 2.62 minutes.
Zinc (493 mg, 7.54 mmol) was stirred in THF (8 mL) at r.t., and bromine (52 μL, 1.01 mmol) was added as a solution in THF (0.5 mL). Methyl 1-bromocyclopropane- carboxylate (0.90 g, 5.03 mmol) was added as a solution in THF (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 55°C for 2 h, then cooled to r.t., to give the title compound as a colourless solution (with some zinc settled at the bottom), which was utilised without further purification.
INTERMEDIATE 116
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 114 (1.50 g, 2.02 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at r.t. were added ( 1 ,2,3 ,4, 5-pentaphenylcyclopenta-2,4-dien- 1 -yl)[ 1 -(2,2,4,4-tetramethyl- pentan-3 -yl)cyclopenta-2,4-dien- 1 -yl]iron (56 mg, 0.081 mmol) and (1E,4E)-1,5- diphenylpenta- 1 ,4-dien-3 -one palladium (2:1) (47 mg, 0.081 mmol), followed by Intermediate 115 in THF (8.0 mL, 4.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 20 minutes, then diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (25 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL). The organic fraction was washed with saturated brine (15 mL), then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-25% ethyl acetate in heptane, to give the title compounds (1.4 g, 84%) as a pink gum. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 759, RT 2.43, 2.51 minutes.
Intermediate 116 (1.07 g, 1.34 mmol) and 4M lithium tetrahydroborate in THF (937μL , 3.75 mmol) were stirred in THF (20 mL) at r.t. overnight. The mixture was retreated with 4M lithium tetrahydroborate in THF (335 μL, 1.34 mmol) and stirred at r.t. for another 4.5 h. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic fractions were combined and washed with saturated brine (20 mL), then dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography,
eluting with a gradient of 5-35% ethyl acetate in heptane, to give the title compounds (748 mg, 76%) as a colourless oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 731, RT 2.37, 2.43 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 117 (725 mg, 0.99 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (547 mg, 1.29 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at r.t. The suspension was diluted with half-saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 mL), and the organic layer was separated and saved. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (15 mL). The organic fractions were combined and passed through a hydrophobic frit, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-30% ethyl acetate in heptane, to give the title compounds (635 mg, 87%) as a colourless oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 729, RT 2.41, 2.49 minutes.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 118 (585 mg, 0.80 mmol) in methanol (15 mL) was added potassium carbonate (277 mg, 2.01 mmol), followed by dimethyl (1- diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (277 mg, 1.44 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in heptane, to give the
title compounds (542 mg, 86%) as a colourless oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 725, RT 2.56, 2.69 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 119 (325 mg, 0.45 mmol) in THF (6 mL) were added chloro( 1 ,2,3 ,4, 5-pentamethylcyclopenta-2,4-dien- 1 -y l)ruthenium;( 1 {Z},5{Z})- cycloocta- 1 ,5-diene (26 mg, 0.067 mmol) and a 0.5M solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl azide in TBME (1.26 mL, 0.63 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60°C for 1 h, then cooled to r.t. The solution was diluted with half-saturated brine (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 mL). The organic fractions were combined, dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-40% ethyl acetate in heptane, to give the title compounds (330 mg, 74%) as a brown oil. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 850, RT 2.43, 2.49 minutes.
Aqueous HC1 (2M, 4.0 mL) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 120 (270 mg, 0.32 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 65°C for 5 h, then additional 2M aqueous HC1 (1 mL) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at 65°C overnight, then concentrated, diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The organic fractions were combined, then purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 50-75% ethyl acetate in heptane, to give the title compound (129 mg, 69%) as a cream solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 590, RT 1.91 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 122
Palladium on carbon (50% wet with water) (5.0%, 35 mg, 0.033 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 121 (129 mg, 0.219 mmol) in ethyl acetate (6 mL). The reaction mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred at r.t. for 6.5 h. The mixture was left standing under nitrogen overnight, then stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 3.5 h. The mixture was filtered, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 60-100% ethyl acetate in heptane, followed by 0-15% methanol in ethyl acetate, to afford the title compound (46 mg, 41%) as a colourless gum. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 456, RT 1.52 minutes.
0.735 mmol), 2, 2-dimethyl- 1, 3 -dioxane-4,6-di one (106 mg, 0.735 mmol) and proline (4.2 mg, 0.0367 mmol) were suspended in dry acetonitrile (3 mL). The reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube with stirring at 50°C for 16 h, then cooled to r.t. The resulting solid was filtered off, then washed with diethyl ether and dried, to afford the title compound (507 mg, 88%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 777.0, RT
2.06 minutes.
Intermediate 123 (507 mg, 0.653 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine:EtOH (1.35 mL:0.15 mL), and copper (2.0 mg, 0.0315 mmol) was added to the mixture. The solution
was stirred under reflux at 120°C for 2 h then solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Ethanol was added, and the resulting material was evaporated to dryness. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compound (450 mg, 96%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 721, RT 2.35 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 124 (220 mg, 0.305 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added 1M diisobutylaluminium hydride (0.92 mL, 0.916 mmol) dropwise at -78°C. The reaction mixture was warmed to r.t. and stirred for 16 h, then carefully quenched by adding saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution dropwise to the reaction mixture at 0°C. The resulting solid was filtered off and washed with DCM. The filtrate was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compound (183 mg, 88%) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 679, RT 2.14 minutes.
A mixture of Intermediate 125 (183 mg, 0.270 mmol) and DMSO (0.096 mL, 1.35 mmol) in DCM (4.5 mL) was cooled to 0°C. DIPEA (0.14 mL, 0.809 mmol) was added, followed by sulfur trioxide pyridine complex (1 : 1) (86 mg, 0.539 mmol) portionwise.
The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. over 1 h, then diluted with DCM (20 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum. The crude residue was purified by flash
column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compound (153 mg, 84%) as a pale yellow solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 677.5, RT 2.27 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 126 (153 mg, 0.226 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) at 0°C was added bis(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulfur trifluoride in toluene (2.7M, 0.18 mL, 0.497 mmol) dropwise, then a catalytic amount of EtOH (1 drop) was added. The resulting mixture was warmed to r.t. and stirred for 2 h, then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution (5 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, then filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-70% ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compound (71 mg, 45%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 699, RT 2.37 minutes.
Intermediate 127 (71 mg, 0.102 mmol) in trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (2.0 mL, 22.3 mmol) and toluene (2 mL) was heated under microwave irradiation at 120°C for 3 h.
The reaction mixture was poured into water, then basified with saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution and extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The organic phases were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% methanol in DCM, to afford the title compound (36 mg, 89%) as a pale yellow solid. LCMS (Method 1): [M+H]+ m/z 339, RT 0.72 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 129 -
Intermediate 19 (33 mg, 0.114 mmol) was added to a stirred suspension ofHATU (43 mg, 0.114 mmol) and DIPEA (45 μL, 0.259 mmol) in DCM (4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. under nitrogen for 20 minutes, then Intermediate 128 (35 mg, 0.103 mmol) was added as a solution in DCM (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 h, then diluted with DCM (5 mL) and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, then filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-100% ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compound (51 mg, 80%) as an off- white solid. LCMS (Method 9): [M+H]+ m/z 614.3, RT 0.78 minutes.
A solution of Intermediate 129 (51 mg, 0.0831 mmol) in acetic acid (20 mL) was heated at 60°C for 10 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was dissolved in DCM (15 mL) and cautiously quenched with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (10 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x 15 mL). The organic phases were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compound (45 mg, 89%) as a white solid. LCMS (Method 8): [M+H]+ m/z 596.2, RT 1.11 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 131
TFA (110μL, 1.48 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of Intermediate 130 (44 mg, 0.0739 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at r.t. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 h, then concentrated in vacuum. The resulting viscous brown oil was re-dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and cautiously quenched with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (5 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The organic phases were dried over magnesium sulfate, then filtered and concentrated to dryness in vacuum, to afford the title compound (51 mg, 80%) as an off-white solid. LCMS (Method 8): [M+H]+ m/z 496.15, RT 0.91 minutes.
To a solution of dicyclohexylamine (150 mL, 747 mmol) in toluene (1.00 L) at 0°C was added w-butyllithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 300 mL, 750 mmol) dropwise, maintaining the internal temperature below 5°C (exothermic). After 35 minutes, the suspension was warmed to 20°C and stirred for 60 minutes, then cooled to 0°C. Ethyl 4,4-difluorocyclohexanecarboxylate (152 mL, 826 mmol) was added dropwise, maintaining the internal temperature below 3°C (exothermic). The mixture was maintained at 0°C for 25 minutes, then warmed to 20°C and held at 20°C for 10 minutes. To the suspension was added Intermediate 113 (53.0 g, 110 mmol) in one portion, followed by chloro[(tri-tert-butylphosphine)-2-(2-aminobiphenyl)] palladium(II) (5.7 g,
11 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was stirred for 18 h. To the brown solution was added 2.5M aq citric acid (600 mL), followed by water (600 mL) and ethyl acetate (1.00 L). The mixture was filtered through Celite®, and the filtrate was separated. The organic phase was washed with water (2 x 900 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated m vacuo. The resulting crude viscous syrup was purified by flash chromatography,
eluting with a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc in isohexane, to give the title compound (55.9 g, 79%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m!z 591, RT 2.25 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 132 (1.63 g, 2.76 mmol) in DCM (27.6 mL) was added DIPEA (0.96 mL, 5.52 mmol), followed by 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (0.77 mL, 4.14 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 30 minutes, then diluted with water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-60% EtOAc in isohexane, to give the title compounds (1.66 g, 83%) as a colourless amorphous solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 721, RT 1.60, 1.66 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 133 (1.89 g, 2.62 mmol) in THF (26.2 mL) at 0°C was added diisobutylaluminium hydride (0.50M in hexanes, 15.7 mL, 7.86 mmol) dropwise over 30 minutes. After 2.5 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous Rochelle salt solution (50 mL), then warmed to r.t. and left to stir overnight. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash
chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in isohexane, to give the title compounds (1.64 g, 92%) as a colourless amorphous solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 679, RT 1.45, 1.49 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 134 (1.64 g, 2.42 mmol) in DCM (24.2 mL) at 0°C was added Dess-Martin periodinane (1.30 g, 2.91 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. and stirred for 30 minutes, then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-80% EtOAc in isohexane, to give the title compounds (1.37 g, 84%) as a pale yellow amorphous solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 677, RT 1.53, 1.58 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 135 (1.37 g, 2.02 mmol) and dimethyl (l-diazo-2- oxopropyl)phosphonate (0.54 mL, 3.03 mmol) in methanol (20.2 mL) at 0°C was added potassium carbonate (0.84 g, 6.07 mmol). The solution was stirred for 1 h, then quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-60% EtOAc in isohexane, to give the title compounds (1.30 g, 96%)
as a colourless, amorphous solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 673, RT 1.60, 1.65 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 136 (1.00 g, 1.49 mmol) and 2-azido- 1,1,1 -trifluoro- ethane (0.5M in DME, 4.5 mL, 2.23 mmol) in THF (3.72 mL) was added chloro(l,5- cyclooctadieneXpentamethylcyclopentadienyl)ruthenium(n) (57 mg, 0.15 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C for 2 h, then allowed to cool to r.t. and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in isohexane, to give the title compounds (981 mg, 82%) as a brown, amorphous solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m!z 798, RT 1.49, 1.54 minutes.
To a vial containing Intermediate 137 (981 mg, 1.23 mmol) was added HC1 (4.0M in 1,4-dioxane, 12.3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in isohexane, followed by 0-10% methanol in EtOAc, to give the title compound (560 mg, 68%) as an off-white amorphous solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m!z 668, RT 1.19 minutes.
INTERMEDIATE 139
To a solution of Intermediate 138 (560 mg, 0.84 mmol) in ethanol (8.4 mL) under an atmosphere of N2 was added 10% palladium on carbon (56 mg, 0.053 mmol), and the reaction flask was placed under an atmosphere of Hz. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 7.5 h, then passed through a pad of Celite® and concentrated in vacuo, to give the title compound (429 mg, 96%) as an orange amorphous solid. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m!z 534, RT 0.95 minutes.
HATU (36 mg, 0.094 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of DIPEA (82μL , 0.47 mmol), Intermediate 12 (36 mg, 0.078 mmol) and 1 -methyl- l//-pyrazole-5- carboxylic acid (11 mg, 0.086 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, then diluted with water (3 mL) and extracted with DCM (5 mL). The organic fraction was passed through a phase separator and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 50-100% ethyl acetate in heptanes. The diastereomers of the resulting colourless glass (21 mg) were separated using acidic, reverse-phase HPLC (Separation Method 1) to afford distomer Example 1 (RT 17.79 minutes) (6.9 mg, 16%) and eutomer Example 2 (RT 23.36 minutes) (6.4 mg, 14%) as colourless gums.
Example 1: δH (500 MHz, CD3OD) 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.23 (m,
1H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.94 (d, J2.\ Hz, 1H), 5.28-5.17 (m, 3H), 4.73 (q, 77.2 Hz, 1H),
4.08 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.73 (d, J 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.59-1.35 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 569, RT 2.93 minutes.
Example 2: δH (500 MHz, CD3OD) 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.93 (d, J2.\ Hz, 1H), 5.28-5.15 (m, 3H), 4.73 (q, 77.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.73 (d, 77.3 Hz,
3H), 1.58-1.35 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 569, RT 2.92 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 1 and 2.
HATU (31 mg, 0.079 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of DIPEA (16 μL, 0.092 mmol), Intermediate 21 (28 mg, 0.061 mmol) and l-methyl-l//-pyrazole-5- carboxylic acid (10 mg, 0.079 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2 h, then concentrated and dissolved in DMSO (1 mL). The solution was purified via acidic, reverse-phase HPLC (Separation Method 2) to afford the title compound (8 mg, 18%) as a white powder, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.05-12.63 (m, 1H), 9.03-8.85 (m, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, 73.8,
2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.04 (m, 1H), 5.13 (m, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.91-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.19 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 569, RT 1.47 minutes.
EXAMPLE 4
To a solution of Intermediate 28 (34 mg, 0.076 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at room temperature were added 4-methyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (55 mg, 0.086 mmol), DIPEA (30 μL, 0.172 mmol) and HATU (36 mg, 0.0918 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 h, then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL), water (30 mL) and DCM (30 mL). The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% methanol in DCM, to give the title compound (20 mg, 47%) as a colourless solid, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.71 (s, 1H), 9.68 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, 78.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, 77.5 Hz, 1H), 5.23-5.11 (m, 3H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.31-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.91-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.55 (d, 713.5 Hz, 1H),
1.49-1.22 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 557, RT 0.91 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 28 (34 mg, 0.076 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at room temperature were added 4-ethyl- 1 ,2, 5-oxadiazole-3 -carboxylic acid (60 mg, 0.084 mmol), DIPEA (30μL, 0.172 mmol) and HATU (36 mg, 0.0918 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 h, then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL), water
(30 mL) and DCM (30 mL). The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% methanol in DCM, to give the title compound (20 mg, 46%) as a colourless solid, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.97 (s, 0.25H), 12.72 (s, 0.75H), 9.71 (d, J 8.5 Hz, 0.75H), 9.66-9.54 (m, 0.25H), 8.56 (d, 73.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, 78.2 Hz, 0.75H), 7.28 (d, 78.3 Hz, 0.25H), 7.07 (dd, 78.2, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 5.27-5.10 (m, 3H), 4.31-4.25 (m, 2H), 2.90 (qd, 77.5, 0.9 Hz, 2H), 2.33-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.91-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.55 (d, 713.4 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.27 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.18 (m, 3H). NMR reveals tautomers. LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 571, RT 0.91 minutes.
To a solution of Intermediate 28 (34 mg, 0.076 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) and DMF (0.5 mL) at room temperature were added 1 -methyl- l/f-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (11 mg, 0.083 mmol), DIPEA (30 μL, 0.17 mmol) and HATU (36 mg, 0.0918 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h, then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL), water (30 mL) and DCM (30 mL). The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% methanol in DCM, to give the title compound (25 mg, 60%) as a colourless solid, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.97 (s, 0.25H), 12.72 (s, 0.75H), 8.99 (d, 78.6 Hz, 0.75H), 8.91 (s, 0.25H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 72.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, 7
8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11-6.98 (m, 2H), 5.15 (q, 78.9 Hz, 3H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 2.32- 2.24 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.53 (d, 713.3 Hz, 1H), 1.45-1.22 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 4): [M+H]+ m/z 555, RT 0.88 minutes.
EXAMPLE 7
A mixture of Intermediate 34 (100 mg, 0.21 mmol), triethyl orthoformate (53.4 pL, 0.31 mmol), acetic acid (0.24 mL, 4.2 mmol) and cyclopropylmethylamine (29.8 mg, 0.42 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2.1 mL) was stirred at 130°C for 2 h in a sealed vial. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by Separation Method 2, to afford the title compound (5.0 mg, 3%) as a colourless powder, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.18- 12.16 (m, 1H), 9.02-8.84 (m, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 72.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, 78.3 Hz,
1H), 7.07 (dd, 75.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.71 (m, 1H), 5.13 (t, 78.5 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (q, 77.0 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.55 (t, 76.7 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (s, 1H), 2.18-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.67 (d, 77.7 Hz, 3H), 1.60-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.19 (m, 2H), 0.91-0.78 (m, 1H), 0.49-0.30 (m, 2H), 0.30-0.21 (m, 1H), 0.19-0.08 (m, 1H). One proton signal not observed; COSY suggests obscured by HOD signal. LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 541, RT 1.91 minutes.
EXAMPLE S
A mixture of Intermediate 34 (100 mg, 0.21 mmol), triethyl orthoformate (53.4 pL, 0.31 mmol), acetic acid (0.24 mL, 4.2 mmol) and 3 ,3 -difluorocyclobutanamine (67.3 mg, 0.42 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2.1 mL) was stirred at 130°C for 2 h in a sealed vial. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by Separation Method 2, to afford the
title compound (14.0 mg, 8%) as a colourless powder. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.10- 12.54 (m, 1H), 9.02-8.87 (m, 1H), 8.77 (d, J0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (dd, 72.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.07 (t, J2.\ Hz, 1H), 6.73 (q, 76.8 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (t, 78.5 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (q, 76.9 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.06-3.97 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.68- 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.13-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.66 (d, J 6.9 Hz,
3H), 1.61-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.20 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H f m/z 577, RT 1.73 minutes.
EXAMPLE 9
A mixture of Intermediate 34 (100 mg, 0.21 mmol), triethyl orthoformate (53.4μL , 0.31 mmol), acetic acid (0.24 mL, 4.2 mmol) and l-aminobicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentane-3- carbonitrile (68.0 mg, 0.42 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2.1 mL) was stirred at 130°C for 2 h in a sealed vial. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by Separation Method 2, to afford the title compound (47.0 mg, 23%) as a colourless powder, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.10-12.63 (m, 1H), 8.97 (t, ./11.2 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.60 (q, 78.0 Hz, 1H), 5.26-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.69 (q, 76.9 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 2.64-2.55 (m, 3H), 2.49-2.44 (m, 3H), 2.40-2.24 (m, 1H),
2.12-1.70 (m, 5H), 1.68-1.51 (m, 4H), 1.48-1.22 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 578, RT 1.67 minutes.
EXAMPLE 10
Intermediate 42 (28 mg, 0.065 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) at r.t. and treated with 4-methyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (10 mg, 0.078 mmol), DIPEA (24μL , 0.138 mmol) and HATU (31 mg, 0.0791 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h, then diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCCh solution (4 mL), water (2 mL) and DCM (8 mL). The layers were shaken and separated, and the aqueous layer was re- extracted with DCM (10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried through a phase separating cartridge and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc/i sohexane, then 0-15% MeOHZEtOAc. The combined material was loaded onto an SCX-2 cartridge (lg) as a solution in DCM/MeOH (1:1). The SCX-2 cartridge was rinsed with MeOH (4 mL total), then washed with ammonia (3N). The ammonia washes were concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on KPNH silica, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc, then 0-10% MeOHZEtOAc, to yield the title compound (4.3 mg, 12%). δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.64 (d, J 15.0 Hz, 1H), 9.65 (t, 78.8 Hz, 1H),
7.62 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 78.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.73 (ddd, 78.9, 6.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (td, 78.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (q, 77.0 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (dd, 77.0, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (d, 70.7 Hz, 3H), 2.28 (s, 1H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.80 (d, 718.4 Hz, 2H), 1.59-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.45-1.17 (m, 2H), 0.91-0.76 (m, 1H), 0.40 (dd, 76.9, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 0.37-0.27 (m, 1H), 0.21 (qd, 7 8.2, 7.1, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 0.11 (dd, 79.3, 4.8 Hz, 1H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 542, RT 1.85 minutes.
EXAMPLES 11 & 12
HATU (51 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of DIPEA (117μL , 0.67 mmol), Intermediate 47 (86% purity, 60 mg, 0.11 mmol) and 4-methyl-l,2,5- oxadiazole-3 -carboxylic acid (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) at r.t. The mixture was stirred for 2 h, then washed with water (5 mL). The organic fraction was passed through a phase separator, then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1:1 DMSO: MeOH (2 mL) and purified via acidic, reverse-phase HPLC (Separation Method 3), then freeze-dried, to afford a white powder (31.5 mg). Chiral separation of the diastereomers
(Separation Method 4) gave two gums, which were freeze-dried to afford eutomer Example 11 (RT 8.87 minutes) (8 mg, 13%) and distomer Example 12 (RT 13.51 minutes) (10 mg, 16%) as white powders.
Example 11. δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 78.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, 78.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 5.25-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.84-4.74 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H),
2.42-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.97-1.71 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.38 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 571, RT 3.36 minutes.
Example 12: δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, 78.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.30-5.16 (m, 2H), 4.83-4.76 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.20- 2.00 (m, 3H), 1.97-1.70 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.37 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z
571, RT 3.35 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 11 and 12.
EXAMPLE 13
To a solution of a mixture of Intermediates 57 & 58 (37 mg, 0.053 mmol) in DCM (85 |JL) was added TFA (40μL). The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by basic preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (9 mg, 29%) as a colourless solid, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.28-12.24 (m, 1H), 9.71-9.53 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 1H), 5.75-5.42 (m, 2H), 5.17 (t, 78.3 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (q, 76.9 Hz, 1H), 2.48-2.45 (m, 3H), 2.32-2.23 (m,
1H), 2.12-1.67 (m, 8H), 1.59-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.47-1.20 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 572, RT 1.89 minutes.
To a solution of a mixture of Intermediates 59 & 60 (59 mg, 0.084 mmol) in DCM (160μL ) was added TFA (80μL). The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by basic preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (19 mg, 39%) as a colourless solid, δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.04-12.61 (m, 1H), 9.73-9.50 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.01 (m, 1H), 5.92 (q, 7 8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.16 (t, 78.3 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (q, 77.0 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.21 (m,
1H), 2.13-1.66 (m, 8H), 1.61-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.20 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 572, RT 2.03 minutes.
Intermediate 67 (80 mg, 0.17 mmol) was mixed with 4-methyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole- 3-carboxylic acid (28 mg, 0.21 mmol) and HATU (77 mg, 0.19 mmol), and the solids were dissolved in DCM (2 mL). DIPEA (0.1 mL, 0.6 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, then the volatiles were evaporated. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with 0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes. The isomers were separated by chiral LC (3-40% MeOH (+0.1% NH4OH); Column: Chiralpak IH-3 150 x 4.6 mm, 3 pm; Column Temperature: 35°C; Flow Rate: 3 mL/ minute) to give Example 15 (chiral LC RT 3.36 minutes) (5 mg, 5%) and Example 16 (chiral LC RT 4.08 minutes) (5 mg, 5%) as white solids.
Example 15: δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.78 (s, 1H), 9.61 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.88 (ddd, J 10.1, 5.0, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ddd, J 10.1, 8.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 5.23-4.97 (m, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.28 (d, J 11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.00 (d, .730.6 Hz, 3H), 1.84 (d, .77.0 Hz, 4H), 1.77 (d, J 16.6 Hz, 1H), 1.56 (d, J 13.4 Hz, 1H), 1.49-1.21 (m, 1H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 557, [M-H]+ m/z 555, RT 1.65 minutes.
Example 16: δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J 10.0, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (ddd, J 10.1, 7.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 5.06 (dd, .734.9, 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 1H), 2.10-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.83 (d, .77.0 Hz, 5H), 1.45 (d, J 13.3 Hz,
1H), 1.25 (d, 78.0 Hz, 2H). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 557, [M-H]+ m/z 555, RT 1.64 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 15 and 16.
To a solution of Intermediate 79 (283 mg, 0.554 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added 4-methyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (78 mg, 0.610 mmol), followed by DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.887 mmol) and HATU (0.25 g, 0.665 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h, then water (15 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated and passed through a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed. The resulting oil was purified by chromatography (lOg SNAP-Duo, 0-50% EtO Ac/i sohexane, then up to 70% EtOAc/heptane), followed by reverse-phase (30g, C18), to give a white solid (210 mg). The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (Chiralcel OD-H, 20 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 70:30 heptane:IPA) to give Example 17 (Chiral LC: RT 9.07 minutes) (68.7 mg) and Example 18 (Chiral LC: RT 15.6 minutes) (81.9 mg) as white solids.
Example 17\ δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.77 (s, 1H), 9.64 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.15-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.45 (dt, J 18.3, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.24-4.96 (m,
2H), 4.84 (t, J 7.6 Hz, 1H), 2.82-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.13-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.18 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 621, RT 3.41 minutes.
Example 18: δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.77 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.15-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.46 (dq, J 17.8, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.26-4.97 (m, 2H), 4.84 (t, Jin Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.02 (d, J 39.7 Hz, 3H), 1.91-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.16 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 621, RT 3.41 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 17 and 18.
To a solution of Intermediate 82 (265 mg, 0.538 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) were added 4-methyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (76 mg, 0.592 mmol), DIPEA (0.15 mL, 0.861 mmol) and HATU (0.25 g, 0.646 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h, then water (15 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated and passed through a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed. The resulting oil was purified by chromatography (lOg SNAP-Duo, 0-70% EtO Ac/isohexane, then up to 70% EtOAc/ heptane), followed by reverse-phase (30g, C18), to give a white solid (178 mg). The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (Chiralcel OD-H, 20 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 70:30 heptane:EtOH) to give Example 19 (Chiral LC: RT 10.0 minutes) (48.8 mg) and Example 20 (Chiral LC: RT 15.4 minutes) (49.0 mg) as white solids.
Example 19: δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J8.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.26-5.94 (m, 1H), 5.94-5.62 (m, 1H), 5.24 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.42 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.24 (m,
1H), 2.16-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.96-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.35 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 603, RT 3.25 minutes.
Example 20: δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J8.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.27-5.94 (m, 1H), 5.94-5.62 (m, 1H), 5.25 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.71 (td, J 15.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (qd, J 13.6, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.51
(s, 3H), 2.38-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.15-1.95 (m, 3H), 1.93-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.27 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 603, RT 3.24 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 19 and 20.
HATU (65 mg, 0.170 mmol) was added portionwise to a stirred solution of 4- methyl-1, 2, 5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (22 mg, 0.170 mmol), Intermediate 94 (75 mg,
0.142 mmol) and DIPEA (74μL , 0.426 mmol) in DCM (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 8 h, then diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The resulting crude material was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with 075% EtOAc in heptane, to give an off-white solid (51 mg). A sample of the mixture (45.0 mg) was separated using chiral SFC (Chiralpak IC, 10 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 10% MeOH, 90% CO2, 15 mL/minute) to give Example 21
(Chiral LC: RT [M+H]+ m/z 639, 4.05 minutes) (15 mg) and Example 22 (Chiral LC: [M+H]+ m/z 639, RT 2.37 minutes) (16 mg) as white solids.
Example 21. δH (500 MHz, CD30D) 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, 78.5, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.31-5.19 (m, 2H), 5.09-5.00 (m, 1H), 4.85-4.79 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.18-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.37 (m, 3H).
LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 639, RT 3.54 minutes.
Example 22: δH (500 MHz, CD3OD) 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, 78.5 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, 78.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.32-5.19 (m, 2H), 5.02 (t, 77.3 Hz, 1H), 4.91-4.87 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.15-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.35 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 639, RT 3.53 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 21 and 22.
To a stirred suspension of Intermediate 96 (250 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) was added DIPEA (0.11 mL, 0.643 mmol) at r.t, followed by 4-methyl- 1 ,2, 5-oxadiazole- 3 -carboxylic acid (57 mg, 0.442 mmol) and HATU (0.18 g, 0.482 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, then water (10 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (10 mL). The organic layers were combined, passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dry-loaded on to a 10 g, Sfar Duo column, eluting with 35-70% EtOAc in heptanes, to give an off-white powder (196 mg). The mixture was separated by chiral
chromatography (Chiralcel OD-H, 20 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 70:30 heptane: IP A, 18 mL/minute), followed by reverse-phase chromatography (Sfar HC Duo, Cl 8, acetonitrile/water + 0.1% ammonium hydroxide) for each sample, to give Example 23 (53 mg, 21%) and Example 24 (55 mg, 22%). Example 23: δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.78 (s, 1H), 9.78-9.52 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.10 (dd, 78.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 6.44-6.18 (m, 1H), 5.24-5.12 (m, 1H), 4.93 (t, 77.4 Hz, 1H), 4.91-4.77 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.88-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.46- 1.22 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 621, RT 3.36 minutes. Analytical chiral LC (Chiralcel OD-H, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 70:30 heptane:IPA, 1 mL/minute): RT 8.46 minutes.
Example 23: δH (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 13.19-12.67 (m, 1H), 9.76-9.49 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.10 (dd, 78.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (tt, 754.2, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (t, 77.7 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (t, 77.4 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (qd, 715.9, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.24 (dd, 718.4, 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.90-
1.70 (m, 2H), 1.55 (d, 711.7 Hz, 1H), 1.45-1.21 (m, 2H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 621, RT 3.35 minutes. Analytical chiral LC (Chiralcel OD-H, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 70:30 heptane:IPA, 1 mL/minute): RT 12.85 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 23 and 24.
To a solution of Intermediate 139 (30 mg, 0.056 mmol), HATU (26 mg, 0.067 mmol) and 4-methyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (8 mg, 0.062 mmol) in DMF (0.56 mL) was added DIPEA (0.03 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 5
minutes, then diluted with water (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic extracts were passed through a phase separator and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% EtOAc in isohexane, followed by reverse-phase chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 40-55% acetonitrile in water (+ 0.1%
NH4OH), to afford the title compound (9 mg, 24%) as a colourless amorphous solid. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 12.44 (1H, br), 9.55 (1H, s), 8.07 (1H, s), 7.93 (1H, s), 7.18 (1H, d, 77.0 Hz), 5.24 (1H, t, 77.0 Hz), 5.10 (2H, q, 78.5 Hz), 2.87-2.84 (2H, m), 2.49 (3H, s), 2.39-2.23 (3H, m), 2.09-1.74 (9H, m), 1.66-1.63 (1H, m), 1.51-1.24 (2H, m). LCMS (Method 5): [M+H]+ m/z 644, RT 2.10 minutes.
Intermediate 103 (130 mg, 0.200 mmol) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and triethylamine (0.1 mL, 0.7 mmol) was added, followed by triphenylphosphine (105 mg, 0.400 mmol) and hexachloroethane (96 mg, 0.402 mmol), at 0°C in an ice bath. The ice bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. White solid was filtered off through Celite®, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography, eluting with 0-100% EtOAc in hexanes, then 0-100% MeOH in EtOAc. The resulting impure yellow oil (200 mg) was purified by basic Cl 8 reverse-phase HPLC, followed by chiral SFC (Chiralpak IH, 10% methanol + 0.1% NH4OH) to afford Example 26 (3.7 mg, 2.9%) and Example 27 (5.0 mg, 4.0%).
Example 26: LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 632, RT 1.86 minutes. LCMS (Method 6): [M+H]+ m/z 632, RT 1.85 minutes. Analytical chiral LC (Chiralpak IH, 4.6 x 150 mm, 35°C, 15% MeOH (+ 0.1% NH4OH), 3 mL/minute) RT 1.92 minutes.
Example 27: δH (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 12.79 (s, 1H), 9.66 (d, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.95 (dd, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 5.47 (dd, 1H), 5.17 (t, 1H), 3.56 (m, 1H),
3.40 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.20-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.54 (d, 1H), 1.50-1.20 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 2): [M+H]+ m/z 632, RT 1.85 minutes. LCMS (Method 6): [M+H]+ m/z 632, RT 1.83 minutes. Analytical chiral LC (Chiralpak IH, 4.6 x 150 mm, 35°C, 15% MeOH (+ 0.1% NHtOH), 3 mL/minute) RT 2.85 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the triazole ring has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 26 and 27.
HATU (13 mg, 0.034 mmol) was added to a mixture of Intermediate 122 (87% purity, 15 mg, 0.029 mmol), DIPEA (12 μL, 0.072 mmol) and 4-ethyl- 1,2, 5-oxadiazole-3- carboxylic acid (4.9 mg, 0.034 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 h, then re-treated with DIPEA (6.2 μL, 0.036 mmol), 4-ethyl-l,2,5-oxadiazole-3- carboxylic acid (2.4 mg, 0.017 mmol) and HATU (6.5 mg, 0.017 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for another 30 minutes, then diluted with half-saturated brine (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL). The organic fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 35-65% ethyl acetate in heptane. The resulting material was further purified by reverse-phase column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 40- 55% acetonitrile in water (+ 0.1% formic acid) to afford the title compound (2.5 mg,
15%) as a white powder. δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 7.83 (s, 2H), 6.91 (d, 78.4 Hz, IH),
5.24 (d, 78.5 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (q, 78.6 Hz, 2H), 3.01-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.17- 1.97 (m, 3H), 1.93-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.64-1.34 (m, 5H), 1.29 (t, 77.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS (Method 3): [M+H]+ m/z 580, RT 3.41 minutes.
To a stirred solution of Intermediate 110 (101 mg, 0.160 mmol) in IHF (2.5 mL) were added triethylamine (0.089 mL, 0.639 mmol), hexachloroethane (76 mg, 0.319 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (84 mg, 0.319 mmol). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred for 18 h. The solids were filtered through Celite®, washing with EtOAc (3 mL), then the solvent was removed. The residue was purified by reverse-phase column chromatography, eluting with 0-60% acetonitrile in water, to afford the title compound (18 mg, 18%) as a white solid. δH (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 12.81 (s, 1H), 9.69 (s, 1H), 9.49 (d, 71.5 Hz, 1H), 9.35 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.13 (dd, 712.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.95-6.29 (m, 1H), 5.29 (t, 77.5 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (d, 77.8 Hz, 1H), 3.01-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.90-2.14 (m, 3H), 1.66-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.15-1.34 (m, 1H). LCMS (Method 7): [M+H]+ m/z 615, RT 3.22 minutes.
EXAMPLE 30
To a solution of Intermediate 109 (100 mg, 0.194 mmol) in ethyl acetate (5.0 mL) were added pyridine (138 mg, 1.746 mmol) and T3P® (50 wt % solution in ethyl acetate, 0.91 mL, 1.23 mmol). The solution was stirred for 5 minutes at r.t, then 5-fluoro-2- hydrazinylpyridine (27 mg, 0.21 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated in a pressure tube at 120°C for 33 h, then at 130°C for a further 24 h. The resulting material was concentrated in vacuo, and the residual syrup was added to saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (8 mL) with vigorous stirring for 5 minutes. The aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a 10-100% gradient of ethyl acetate:ethanol (98:2) in heptane. Chiral separation of the resulting material (mixture of four stereoisomers) (supercritical fluid chromatography, isocratic 80:20 carbon dioxide:ethanol, Chiralpak AD-H, 10 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 15 mL/minute) afforded the title compound (second eluting isomer) (6.1 mg, 5%) as a colourless solid, δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.04-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J 10.1, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ddd, J 10.0, 7.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, 78.4 Hz, 1H),
7.04 (dd, 78.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (tt, 756.4, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 5.28-5.19 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.18-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.35 (m, 1H). LCMS (Method 7): [M+H]+ m!z 607, RT 3.18 minutes. Chiral analysis (Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 4 mL/minute, isocratic 80:20 carbon dioxide:ethanol) RT 4.15 minutes.
HATU (28 mg, 0.0727 mmol) was added portionwise to a stirred solution of 4- methyl- 1 ,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxylic acid (9.3 mg, 0.0727 mmol), DIPEA (32μL , 0.182 mmol) and Intermediate 131 (30 mg, 0.0605 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) at r.t. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 h, then diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with aqueous NH4CI solution (10 mL). The organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 00100% ethyl acetate in heptane. The resulting material was repurified by SCX column, eluting with MeOH, then with 2M NH3 in MeOH. The resulting off-white solid mixture (22 mg) was separated by chiral chromatography (Chiralpak IC, 10 x 250 mm, 5 μm, 25:75 methanol :CC>2, 15 mL/minute) to give Example 31 (10.1 mg) and Example 32 (8.1 mg). Example 31: δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.01-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 79.8, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.09-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.24 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H), 5.06-4.95 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.93-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.35 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 7): [M+H]+ m/z 606.3, RT 3.40 minutes. Analytical chiral SFC (Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 30:70 methanol :CC>2, 4 mL/minute) RT 1.65 minutes.
Example 32: δH (400 MHz, CD3OD) 8.02-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.61 (dd, 79.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.13-5.65 (m, 1H), 5.26 (d, 78.7 Hz, 1H),
5.08-4.97 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.41-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.20-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.39 (m, 3H). LCMS (Method 7): [M+H]+ m/z 606.4, RT 3.41 minutes. Analytical chiral SFC (Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm, 30:70 methanol :CCh, 4 mL/minute) RT 3.31 minutes.
The absolute stereochemistry of the chiral centre adjacent to the imidazopyridine ring system has been arbitrarily assigned for Examples 31 and 32.
Claims
1. A compound of formula (I) or an TV-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein
A represents C-R1 or N;
10 E represents C-R2 or N;
Z represents heteroaryl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R1 represents hydrogen or fluoro;
R2 represents hydrogen or fluoro;
R3 represents -COR3a, -CChR38 or -SCkR3®; or R3 represents hydrogen; or R3 represents C1-6 alkyl or C3-9 cycloalkyl, either of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
R3a represents Cw alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms; R4a represents hydrogen, fluoro or hydroxy; or R4® represents C1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents; and R4b represents hydrogen, fluoro or C1-6 alkyl; or
R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, represent C3-9 cycloalkyl or C3-7 heterocycloalkyl, either of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R5 represents C1-6 alkyl;
R6 represents -OR6® or -NR6b.66; or R6 represents C1-6 alkyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl, C3-9 cycloalkyl(C i-6)alkyl, aryl, aryl(Ci-6)alkyl, C3-7 heterocycloalkyl, C3-7 heterocycloalkyl- (Ci-6)alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl (C i-6)alkyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R6® represents C1-6 alkyl; or R6® represents C3-9 cycloalkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents;
R66 represents hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; and R60 represents hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; or
R66 and R60, when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached, represent azetidin-l-yl, pyrrolidin-l-yl, oxazolidin-3-yl, isoxazolidin-2-yl, thiazolidin-3-yl, isothiazolidin-2-yl, piperidin-l-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-l-yl, homopiperidin-l-yl, homomorpholin-4-yl or homopiperazin-l-yl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
3. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or claim 2 wherein Y represents -C(R4a)(R4b)-, in which R4® and R* are as defined in claim 1.
4. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein R6 represents heteroaryl, which group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
5. A compound as claimed in claim 1 represented by formula (IIA) or an A-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein
R16 represents methyl or ethyl; and A, E, Z and R4a are as defined in claim 1.
6. A compound as claimed in claim 1 represented by formula (ΠΒ) or an N-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
A, E, Z and R4a are as defined in claim 1; and R16 is as defined in claim 5.
7. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein R4a represents hydrogen; or R4® represents C1-6 alkyl, which group may be optionally substituted by one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl.
8. A compound as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein R4a and R4b, when taken together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached, represent cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or piperidinyl, any of which groups may be unsubstituted, or substituted by one or more substituents.
9. A compound as claimed in any one of the preceding claims wherein Z represents furyl, benzofuryl, dibenzofuryl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thieno[2,3-c]pyrazolyl, thieno[3 ,4-6] [ 1 ,4]dioxinyl, dibenzothienyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-6]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3 ,4-6]pyridinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolo[ 1 , 5-a]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[ l,5-a]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-if]pyrimidinyl, pyrazolo[ 1,5-a]- pyrazinyl, indazolyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo[2,l-6]-
thiazolyl, imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo- [4,5-6]pyridinyl, imidazo[l,2-6]pyridazinyl, purinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrimidinyl, imidazo- [l,2-c]pyrimidinyl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]- pyrazinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]- pyrimidinyl, 6, 8-dihydro- 5//-[l, 2, 4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyridinyl, pyridazinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pteridinyl, triazinyl or chromenyl, any of which groups may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents.
10. A compound as claimed in claim 1 as herein specifically disclosed in any one of the Examples.
11. A compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an A-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy.
12. A compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an A-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated.
13. A compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an A-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an A-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
15. A pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 14 further comprising an additional pharmaceutically active ingredient.
16. The use of a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an A-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a
medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated.
17. The use of a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an /V-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder.
18. A method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders for which the administration of a modulator of IL-17 function is indicated which comprises administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an A-oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. A method for the treatment and/or prevention of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder, which comprises administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or an N- oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
GB2005151.2 | 2020-04-07 | ||
GBGB2005151.2A GB202005151D0 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2020-04-07 | Therapeutic agents |
GBGB2009912.3A GB202009912D0 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2020-06-29 | Therapeutic agents |
GB2009912.3 | 2020-06-29 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021204800A1 true WO2021204800A1 (en) | 2021-10-14 |
Family
ID=75441901
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/EP2021/058937 WO2021204800A1 (en) | 2020-04-07 | 2021-04-06 | Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as il-17 modulators |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2021204800A1 (en) |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115260167A (en) * | 2022-08-01 | 2022-11-01 | 陕西盘龙药业集团股份有限公司 | 3-tetrazolylmethyl-1, 3, 5-triazine-2, 4-diketone compound and preparation method and application thereof |
WO2023275301A1 (en) | 2021-07-01 | 2023-01-05 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2023025783A1 (en) | 2021-08-23 | 2023-03-02 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
WO2023111181A1 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
US11691979B2 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2023-07-04 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Imidazopyridazines as modulators of IL-17 |
WO2023166172A1 (en) | 2022-03-04 | 2023-09-07 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
WO2024017880A1 (en) | 2022-07-22 | 2024-01-25 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2024115662A1 (en) | 2022-12-02 | 2024-06-06 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
Citations (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2009089036A2 (en) | 2008-01-09 | 2009-07-16 | Schepens Eye Research Institute | Therapeutic compositions for treatment of ocular inflammatory disorders |
WO2013116682A1 (en) | 2012-02-02 | 2013-08-08 | Ensemble Therapeutics Corporation | Macrocyclic compounds for modulating il-17 |
WO2014066726A2 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2014-05-01 | Ensemble Therapeutics Corporation | Compounds for modulating il-17 |
WO2018229079A1 (en) | 2017-06-14 | 2018-12-20 | Ucb Biopharma Sprl | Spirocyclic indolines as il-17 modulators |
WO2019138017A1 (en) | 2018-01-15 | 2019-07-18 | Ucb Biopharma Sprl | Fused imidazole derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2019223718A1 (en) | 2018-05-22 | 2019-11-28 | 成都先导药物开发股份有限公司 | Immunomodulator |
WO2020011731A1 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-16 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Spirocyclic indane analogues as il-17 modulators |
WO2020120141A1 (en) | 2018-12-11 | 2020-06-18 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Functionalised amine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2020120140A1 (en) | 2018-12-11 | 2020-06-18 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Benzimidazolone derivatives, and analogues thereof, as il-17 modulators |
WO2020260426A1 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Fused imidazole derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2020261141A1 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Imidazopyridine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2020260425A1 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Fused imidazole derivatives as il-17 modulators |
-
2021
- 2021-04-06 WO PCT/EP2021/058937 patent/WO2021204800A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2009089036A2 (en) | 2008-01-09 | 2009-07-16 | Schepens Eye Research Institute | Therapeutic compositions for treatment of ocular inflammatory disorders |
WO2013116682A1 (en) | 2012-02-02 | 2013-08-08 | Ensemble Therapeutics Corporation | Macrocyclic compounds for modulating il-17 |
WO2014066726A2 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2014-05-01 | Ensemble Therapeutics Corporation | Compounds for modulating il-17 |
WO2018229079A1 (en) | 2017-06-14 | 2018-12-20 | Ucb Biopharma Sprl | Spirocyclic indolines as il-17 modulators |
WO2019138017A1 (en) | 2018-01-15 | 2019-07-18 | Ucb Biopharma Sprl | Fused imidazole derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2019223718A1 (en) | 2018-05-22 | 2019-11-28 | 成都先导药物开发股份有限公司 | Immunomodulator |
WO2020011731A1 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-16 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Spirocyclic indane analogues as il-17 modulators |
WO2020120141A1 (en) | 2018-12-11 | 2020-06-18 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Functionalised amine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2020120140A1 (en) | 2018-12-11 | 2020-06-18 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Benzimidazolone derivatives, and analogues thereof, as il-17 modulators |
WO2020260426A1 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Fused imidazole derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2020261141A1 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Imidazopyridine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2020260425A1 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2020-12-30 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Fused imidazole derivatives as il-17 modulators |
Non-Patent Citations (9)
Title |
---|
"Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 2014, JOHN WILEY & SONS |
"Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection and Use", 2002, WILEY-VCH |
"Pharmaceutical Salts and Co-crystals", 2012, RSC PUBLISHING |
FAOUR WISSAM H. ET AL: "T-cell-derived Interleukin-17 Regulates the Level and Stability of Cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) mRNA through Restricted Activation of the p38 Mitogen-activated Protein Kinase Cascade", JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 278, no. 29, 1 July 2003 (2003-07-01), pages 26897 - 26907, XP055798315, ISSN: 0021-9258, DOI: 10.1074/jbc.M212790200 * |
GAFFEN, CYTOKINE, vol. 43, 2008, pages 402 - 407 |
KORN ET AL., ANN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 27, 2009, pages 485 - 517 |
MOSELEY ET AL., CYTOKINE GROWTH FACTOR REV., vol. 14, 2003, pages 155 - 174 |
ROUVIER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 150, 1993, pages 5445 - 5456 |
WRIGHT ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 181, 2008, pages 2799 - 2805 |
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11691979B2 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2023-07-04 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Imidazopyridazines as modulators of IL-17 |
US11702422B2 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2023-07-18 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Imidazopyridazines as modulators of IL-17 |
US12024524B2 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2024-07-02 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Imidazopyridazines as modulators of IL-17 |
WO2023275301A1 (en) | 2021-07-01 | 2023-01-05 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
WO2023025783A1 (en) | 2021-08-23 | 2023-03-02 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
WO2023111181A1 (en) | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
WO2023166172A1 (en) | 2022-03-04 | 2023-09-07 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
WO2024017880A1 (en) | 2022-07-22 | 2024-01-25 | UCB Biopharma SRL | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
CN115260167A (en) * | 2022-08-01 | 2022-11-01 | 陕西盘龙药业集团股份有限公司 | 3-tetrazolylmethyl-1, 3, 5-triazine-2, 4-diketone compound and preparation method and application thereof |
CN115260167B (en) * | 2022-08-01 | 2025-01-21 | 陕西盘龙药业集团股份有限公司 | A 3-tetrazolylmethyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-dione compound and its preparation method and application |
WO2024115662A1 (en) | 2022-12-02 | 2024-06-06 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of il-17 |
US12065429B2 (en) | 2022-12-02 | 2024-08-20 | Leo Pharma A/S | Small molecule modulators of IL-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2021204800A1 (en) | Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
EP3894003A1 (en) | Functionalised amine derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
EP3638227B1 (en) | Spirocyclic indolines as il-17 modulators | |
JP7558210B2 (en) | Fused imidazole derivatives as IL-17 regulators - Patents.com | |
US11458124B2 (en) | Spirocyclic indane analogues as IL-17 modulators | |
CA3137686A1 (en) | Imidazopyridine derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
WO2020120140A1 (en) | Benzimidazolone derivatives, and analogues thereof, as il-17 modulators | |
EP4259631A1 (en) | Imidazopyridazine derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
JP7682920B2 (en) | Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as IL-17 modulators | |
WO2020260426A1 (en) | Fused imidazole derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
WO2023275301A1 (en) | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
WO2021170631A1 (en) | Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
WO2022096411A1 (en) | Dicyclopropylmethyl derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
WO2021170627A1 (en) | Difluorocyclohexyl derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
CA3199816A1 (en) | Dicyclopropylmethyl derivatives as il-17 modulators | |
WO2017167996A1 (en) | Fused pentacyclic imidazole derivatives as modulators of tnf activity | |
WO2024017880A1 (en) | Imidazotriazine derivatives as il-17 modulators |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21717816 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21717816 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |